ML14084A039: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 ILT44 NRC Exam Facility: Oconee     Scenario No.:
{{#Wiki_filter:Appendix D                                       Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 ILT44 NRC Exam Facility: Oconee                       Scenario No.: 1                               Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________                   Operators: ________________________SRO
1     Op-Test No.:
________________________                             ________________________OATC
1 Examiners: ________________________
________________________                             ________________________BOP Initial Conditions:
Operators:
* Reactor Power = 100%             Unit 2: 100%,     Unit 3: 100%
________________________SRO                    ________________________
________________________OATC                    ________________________
________________________BOP   Initial Conditions:
Reactor Power
= 100%         Unit 2: 100%,       Unit 3: 100%
Turnover:
Turnover:
Reactor power at 100%   Pressurize LDST with Hydrogen SASS in Manual Event No. Malfunction        No. Event Type*
* Reactor power at 100%
Event Description 0a Override SASS in Manual 0b Override 1HP-24 failed closed 1 Override C: BOP, SRO (TS) Pressurize LDST with H2 (1H
* Pressurize LDST with Hydrogen
-1 will fail open requiring LDST vent to return to acceptable LDST pressure) 2 Override C, BOP, SRO HPSW Jockey Pump trips 3 MPI 281 , 68% I: OATC, SRO 4 MPS061, 10 C, BOP, SRO 1 A Letdown Cooler Leak 5 MSI070 MSI261 I: OATC, SRO 6 MPS010,1.3 R: OATC, SRO (TS) 60 gpm leak in 1 A anual power reduction 7 MSS010 MSS020 MSS260 MSS270 MSS330 M: ALL Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater LOHT Tab CBP feed 8 Override ALL CBPs trip requiring HPI Forced cooling 1HP-24 will not open Transfer to HPI CD Tab
* SASS in Manual Event     Malfunction                                                      Event Event Type*                              Description No.           No.
    * (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,   (I)nstrument,   (C)omponent,   (M)ajor
0a     Override                                 SASS in Manual 0b     Override                                 1HP-24 failed closed 1                                               Pressurize LDST with H2 (1H-1 will fail open Override        C: BOP, SRO (TS)        requiring LDST vent to return to acceptable LDST pressure) 2     Override         C, BOP, SRO             HPSW Jockey Pump trips MPI 281, 3                      I: OATC, SRO             Tc Controller Fails HIGH (A Loop Hot) 68%
4     MPS061, 10       C, BOP, SRO             1A Letdown Cooler Leak MSI070 5                       I: OATC, SRO             1A SG Outlet Pressure Fails HIGH MSI261 60 gpm leak in 1A SG requiring a manual power 6     MPS010,1.3       R: OATC, SRO (TS) reduction MSS010 MSS020                                   Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater 7      MSS260          M: ALL                  LOHT Tab MSS270                                    CBP feed MSS330 CBPs trip requiring HPI Forced cooling 8      Override        ALL                      1HP-24 will not open Transfer to HPI CD Tab
  * (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,   (I)nstrument,   (C)omponent,     (M)ajor


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 2 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:    1         Event No.:    1             Page 1 of 3 Event Description
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44           Scenario No.:    1             Event No.:    1             Page 1 of 3 Event
Pressurize LDST with Hydrogen (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO  SRO/BOP Crew response:
 
Direct the BOP to add H2 to the LDST using OP/1/A/1106/017 (Hydrogen System) Enclosure 4.5 (Unit 1 LDST H2 Addition).
== Description:==
Enclosure 4.5 (Unit 1 LDST H2 Addition) will:
Pressurize LDST with Hydrogen (TS)
2.1 Notify Chemistry of hydrogen addition prior to adding hydrogen.
Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew response:
NOTE: referred to for LDST Pressure vs. Level curve.
SRO
LDST Maximum Pressure vs Indicated Level Curve should NOT be exceeded when pressurizing LDST.
* Direct the BOP to add H2 to the LDST using OP/1/A/1106/017 (Hydrogen System) Enclosure 4.5 (Unit 1 LDST H2 Addition).
2.2 Immediately prior to pressurization determine lowest reading of diverse LDST level indications: _____ inches.
SRO/BOP
2.3 For existing LDST level determine LDST Pressure allowable per LDST Pressure vs. Level curve: _____ psig.
* Enclosure 4.5 (Unit 1 LDST H2 Addition) will:
2.4 Notify Operator at H2 Cage to pressurize primary hydrogen.
2.1 Notify Chemistry of hydrogen addition prior to adding hydrogen.
NOTE:   Operator should be in constant communication with CR to close 1H
NOTE:
-26 if 1H-1 fails open.
* OP/0/A/1108/001 (Curves And General Information) and computer may be referred to for LDST Pressure vs. Level curve.
BOOTH CUE: When directed to open 1H-26, use Manual Valves and position 1H
* LDST Maximum Pressure vs Indicated Level Curve should NOT be exceeded when pressurizing LDST.
-93 approximately 20% open 2.5 Direct Operator to open 1H
2.2 Immediately prior to pressurization determine lowest reading of diverse LDST level indications: _____ inches.
-26 (LDST Block).
2.3 For existing LDST level determine LDST Pressure allowable per LDST Pressure vs. Level curve: _____ psig.
2.6 Direct Operator in field to monitor explosive detector.
2.4 Notify Operator at H2 Cage to pressurize primary hydrogen.
2.7 Cycle 1H
NOTE: Operator should be in constant communication with CR to close 1H-26 if 1H-1 fails open.
-1 (LDST SUPPLY) as required to pressurize LDST per LDST Pressure vs Level curve.
BOOTH CUE: When directed to open 1H-26, use Manual Valves and position 1H-93 approximately 20% open 2.5 Direct Operator to open 1H-26 (LDST Block).
2.6 Direct Operator in field to monitor explosive detector.
2.7 Cycle 1H-1 (LDST SUPPLY) as required to pressurize LDST per LDST Pressure vs Level curve.
Examiner Booth Note: Once LDST pressure is being increased, 1H-1 (LDST SUPPLY) will fail open.
Examiner Booth Note: Once LDST pressure is being increased, 1H-1 (LDST SUPPLY) will fail open.
2.8 WHEN Hydrogen addition complete, ensure closed 1H
2.8 WHEN Hydrogen addition complete, ensure closed 1H-1(LDST SUPPLY).
-1(LDST SUPPLY). This event is complete when LDST pressure has been returned to the acceptable range and the SRO has made the Tech Spec determination OR as directed by lead examiner.
This event is complete when LDST pressure has been returned to the acceptable range and the SRO has made the Tech Spec determination OR as directed by lead examiner.
Page 2 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 3 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:   1         Event No.:   1            Page 2 of 3 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44           Scenario No.:     1             Event No.:   1            Page 2 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Pressurize LDST with Hydrogen (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP 
Pressurize LDST with Hydrogen (TS)
 
Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
SRO      SRO/BOP    SRO Plant response:
* LDST pressure will continue to increase.
LDST pressure will continue to increase.
* 1SA-02/D-2, HP Approaching LDST Operating Limits, actuates Crew response:
1SA-02/D-2, HP Approaching LDST Operating Limits, actuates Crew response:
SRO/BOP
BOP should determine that 1H
* BOP should determine that 1H-1 has failed open and direct the NLO to close 1H-26.
-1 has failed open and direct the NLO to close 1H-26. Examiner Note: 1H
Examiner Note: 1H-26 will not be closed until LDST pressure is outside acceptable range.
-26 will not be closed until LDST pressure is outside acceptable range.
* Refer to the ARG.
Verify LDST pressure/level are within the acceptable operating region of the LDST PRESSURE vs. LEVEL enclosure in OP/0/A/1108/001 (Curves IF necessary LDST PRESSURE vs. LEVEL enclosure in OP/0/A/1108/001 (Curves and   If LDST Pressure vs. Level is above and to the left of Curve 1, then declare BOTH trains of HPI INOPERABLE.
* Verify LDST pressure/level are within the acceptable operating region of SRO the LDST PRESSURE vs. LEVEL enclosure in OP/0/A/1108/001 (Curves and General Information).
IF necessary, vent LDST to GWD per OP/1/A/1104/002 (HPI System).
* LDST PRESSURE vs. LEVEL enclosure in OP/0/A/1108/001 (Curves and General Information) directs the following:
* If LDST Pressure vs. Level is above and to the left of Curve 1, then SRO/BOP              declare BOTH trains of HPI INOPERABLE.
o Immediately depressurize LDST below Curve 1.
o Immediately depressurize LDST below Curve 1.
o Refer to TS 3.0.3 for shutdown requirements.
o Refer to TS 3.0.3 for shutdown requirements.
o Make notifications as required by OMP 1
o Make notifications as required by OMP 1-14 (Notifications).
-14 (Notifications)
SRO        Applicable Tech Specs:
. Applicable Tech Specs:
3.5.2 Condition C (Action C.3) 72 hour completion time 3.5.2 Condition H (Action H.1) Enter 3.0.3 Immediately LCO 3.0.3 requires Mode 3 within 12 hours.
3.5.2 Condition C (Action C.3) 72 hour completion time 3.5.2 Condition H (Action H.1) Enter 3.0.3 Immediately LCO 3.0.3 requires Mode 3 within 12 hours.
Direct the ROs to Encl. 4.16, (Lowering LDST Pressure)
* Direct the ROs to vent LDST to GWD per OP/1/A/1104/002 (HPI System),
Review Limits and Precautions
Encl. 4.16, (Lowering LDST Pressure)
-20 (LDST Vent Blk).
* Review Limits and Precautions 3.1 Direct Operator to Close 1GWD-20 (LDST Vent Blk).
-19 (LDST VENT).
3,2 Open 1GWD-19 (LDST VENT).
-20 (LDST Vent Blk) until LDST pressure begins to slowly decrease and vent header.
3.3 Direct Operator to throttle open 1GWD-20 (LDST Vent Blk) until LDST pressure begins to slowly decrease and GWD system can maintain vent header.
3.4 IF required, start Stand b-2/A/1104/018 (See Next Page) 3.5 WHEN -19 (LDST VENT) 3.6 If started, stop Stand b 3.7 T-20. This event is complete when LDST pressure has been returned to the acceptable range and the SRO has made the Tech Spec determination OR as directed by lead examiner.
3.4 IF required, start Standby GWD Compressor per OP/1-2/A/1104/018 (GWD System). (See Next Page) 3.5 WHEN desired LDST pressure obtained, close 1GWD-19 (LDST VENT) 3.6 If started, stop Standby GWD Compressor 3.7 Throttle 1/4 turn open 1GWD-20.
This event is complete when LDST pressure has been returned to the acceptable range and the SRO has made the Tech Spec determination OR as directed by lead examiner.
Page 3 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 4 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:   1         Event No.:   1            Page 3 of 3 Event
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44           Scenario No.:     1             Event No.:   1            Page 3 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Pressurize LDST with Hydrogen (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP OP/1-2/A/1104/018 (GWD System)
Pressurize LDST with Hydrogen (TS)
Enclosure 4.1
Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP         OP/1-2/A/1104/018 (GWD System) Enclosure 4.1
: 1. Initial Conditions None 2. Procedure 2.1 IF desired to start 2.1.1 Begin monitoring Vent Header pressure
: 1. Initial Conditions None
. 2.1.2 Open DW- 2.1.3 2.1.4 Place DW- 2.1.5 -8 ('A' SEPARATOR TAN 2.2 IF 2.2.1 Open DW
: 2. Procedure 2.1 IF desired to start 'A' GWD Compressor, perform the following:
2.2.3 Place DW
2.1.1 Begin monitoring Vent Header pressure.
- -AIN) closed.
2.1.2 Open DW-140 ('A' GWD COMP DW MAKEUP).
2.3 IF 2.3.1 Ensure another compressor is carrying the header.
2.1.3 Start 'A' GWD COMPRESSOR.
2.4 IF 2.4.1 Ensure another compressor is carrying the header.
2.1.4 Place DW-140 ('A' GWD COMP DW MAKEUP) in "AUTO".
2.1.5 Verify GWD-8 ('A' SEPARATOR TANK DRAIN) closed.
2.2 IF desired to start 'B' GWD Compressor, perform the following:
2.2.1 Open DW-142 ('B' GWD COMP DW MAKEUP).
2.2.2 Start 'B' GWD COMPRESSOR.
2.2.3 Place DW-142 ('B' GWD COMP DW MAKEUP) in "AUTO".
2.2.4 Verify GWD-9 ('B' SEPARATOR TANK DRAIN) closed.
2.3 IF desired to stop 'A' GWD Compressor, perform the following:
2.3.1 Ensure another compressor is carrying the header.
2.3.2 Stop 'A' GWD COMPRESSOR.
2.4 IF desired to stop 'B' GWD Compressor, perform the following:
2.4.1 Ensure another compressor is carrying the header.
2.4.2 Stop 'B' GWD COMPRESSOR.
This event is complete when LDST pressure has been returned to the acceptable range and the SRO has made the Tech Spec determination OR as directed by lead examiner.
This event is complete when LDST pressure has been returned to the acceptable range and the SRO has made the Tech Spec determination OR as directed by lead examiner.
Page 4 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 5 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:    1         Event No.:   2                    Page 1 of 1 Event Description
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44         Scenario No.:    1             Event No.:   2                    Page 1 of 1 Event
:  HPSW Jockey Pump trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP                              Plant Response:
1SA-9/A-8 HPSW Header A/B PRESS LOW  1SA-9/D-  HPSW header pressure decreases due to Jockey Pump trip Crew Response:
-9/D-8 3.1 Verify automatic actions until jockey pump is restarted 3.2 IF there is NO evidence of breaker and/or pump motor problem, attempt to restart jockey pump one time. If restart is unsuccessful, notify Maintenance Department.
Booth Cue:
If the crew dispatches a AO to determine if a problem exists with HPSW Jockey Pump motor/breaker, as SPOC, use TIME COMPRESSION and inform the RO that no problem was found with the Jockey Pump motor or breaker
-9/A-8 3.1 Verify proper jockey pump operati on 3.2 Refer to SLC 16.9.8a 3.3 Verify HPSW pumps start (start manually if NOT already in operation per OP/0/A/1104/011) when preset levels in EWST are reached 3.4 IF both HPSW Pumps NOT Enclosure 5.31 for method of back charging the HPSW system.
3.5 IF HPSW Header Pressure continues to decrease AND Elevated  Storage Tank Level is NOT dropping; i.e., altitude valve stuck closed and jockey pump not providing adequate supply, manually start a HPSW Pump.
Refer to OP/0/A/1104/011 (High Pressure Service Water).
3.6 Refer to AP/1
-2/A/1700/030 (Aux Building Flood) 3.7 Investigate and correct reason for excessive HPSW usage 3.8 Verify BASE and STANDBY HPSW Pumps stop at 80,000 gals 3.9 IF manually started, return HPSW Pumps when NO longer needed This event is complete when the Jockey Pump has been restarted, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 6 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.:    1    Event No.:
3        Page 1 of 2 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
HPSW Jockey Pump trips Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
* 1SA-9/A-8 HPSW Header A/B PRESS LOW
* 1SA-9/D-8 HPSW JOCKEY PUMP OFF
* HPSW header pressure decreases due to Jockey Pump trip Crew Response:
BOP      Refer to ARG 1SA-9/D-8 3.1 Verify automatic actions until jockey pump is restarted 3.2 IF there is NO evidence of breaker and/or pump motor problem, attempt to restart jockey pump one time. If restart is unsuccessful, notify Maintenance Department.
Booth Cue: If the crew dispatches a AO to determine if a problem exists with HPSW Jockey Pump motor/breaker, as SPOC, use TIME COMPRESSION and inform the RO that no problem was found with the Jockey Pump motor or breaker The crew may refer to ARG 1SA-9/A-8 3.1 Verify proper jockey pump operation 3.2 Refer to SLC 16.9.8a 3.3 Verify HPSW pumps start (start manually if NOT already in operation per OP/0/A/1104/011) when preset levels in EWST are reached 3.4 IF both HPSW Pumps NOT available, Go To EP/1/A/1800/001 Enclosure 5.31 for method of back charging the HPSW system.
3.5 IF HPSW Header Pressure continues to decrease AND Elevated Storage Tank Level is NOT dropping; i.e., altitude valve stuck closed and jockey pump not providing adequate supply, manually start a HPSW Pump.
* Refer to OP/0/A/1104/011 (High Pressure Service Water).
3.6 Refer to AP/1-2/A/1700/030 (Aux Building Flood) 3.7 Investigate and correct reason for excessive HPSW usage 3.8 Verify BASE and STANDBY HPSW Pumps stop at 80,000 gals 3.9 IF manually started, return HPSW Pumps when NO longer needed This event is complete when the Jockey Pump has been restarted, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 5 of 32


C  Controller Fails HIGH ('A' Loop Hot)    Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
Appendix D                          Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44        Scenario No.:    1    Event No.:    3                  Page 1 of 2 Event


SRO/OATC Plant Response:
== Description:==
FDW flow will ratio incorrectly based on the failure "A" FDW flow will increase causing "A" loop T C to decrease.
T C Controller Fails HIGH (A Loop Hot)
  "B" FDW flow will decrease causing "B" loop T C to increase.
Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
This will cause actual T C to increase (become more negative). Failure to adjust FDW flow will result in QPT.
* FDW flow will ratio incorrectly based on the failure
1SA-02/B-5, RC Cold Leg Diff. Temperature High, will actuate if actual T C increases to +/- 5°F 1SA-02/B- Crew Response:
* A FDW flow will increase causing A loop T C to decrease.
Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)
* B FDW flow will decrease causing B loop T C to increase.
Diagnose the T C failure by observing the T C meter on 1UB1. It should return to zero but is staying at + 3.5 degrees.
* This will cause actual T C to increase (become more negative). Failure to adjust FDW flow will result in QPT.
Take the Diamond and Feedwater Masters to MANUAL and re-ratio feedwater using the Loop T C meters and/or OAC (RCS01) to return actual T C to near zero.
* 1SA-02/B-5, RC Cold Leg Diff. Temperature High, will actuate if actual T C increases to +/- 5°F
SRO should direct the BOP to reference Statalarm 1SA
* 1SA-02/B-9 MS STM GEN A LEVEL High/Low will actuate when SG Operating Level is  86%
-02/B-5   SRO will refer to AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures) 4.1 Provide control bands as required (per OMP 1
Crew Response:
-18 Attach I) 4.2 Initiate notification of the following:
SRO/OATC
__ OSM to reference OMP 1
* Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)
-14 and Emergency Plan
* Diagnose the T C failure by observing the T C meter on 1UB1. It should return to zero but is staying at + 3.5 degrees.
__ STA  4.4 Notify Rx Engineering and discuss the need for a maneuvering plan 4.5 Use the following , as necessary, to determine the applicable section from table in Step 4.6 OAC alarm video, OAC display points, Control Board indications, SPOC assistance This event is complete when the SRO reaches the WHEN step (4) in Section 4F, or as directed by the Lead Evaluator.
* Take the Diamond and Feedwater Masters to MANUAL and re-ratio feedwater using the Loop T C meters and/or OAC (RCS01) to return actual T C to near zero.
* SRO should direct the BOP to reference Statalarm 1SA-02/B-5
* SRO will refer to AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures) 4.1 Provide control bands as required (per OMP 1-18 Attach I) 4.2 Initiate notification of the following:
__ OSM to reference OMP 1-14 and Emergency Plan
__ STA 4.3 Verify a power transient 5% has occurred 4.4 Notify Rx Engineering and discuss the need for a maneuvering plan 4.5 Use the following , as necessary, to determine the applicable section from table in Step 4.6
* OAC alarm video, OAC display points, Control Board indications, SPOC assistance This event is complete when the SRO reaches the WHEN step (4) in Section 4F, or as directed by the Lead Evaluator.
Page 6 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 7 of 32  Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:    1   Event No.:
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                                 Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44           Scenario No.:    1     Event No.:     3                         Page 2 of 2 Event
3         Page 2 of 2 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
T C Controller Fails HIGH (A Loop Hot)
C Controller Fails HIGH ('A' Loop Hot)   Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
 
4.6 GO TO the applicable section per the following table:
Crew Response:
Section             Failure 4F         Delta TC AP/28 Section 4F NOTE
4.6 GO TO the applicable section per the following table:
* This section applies to Delta TC controller failures. TC input signal failures are addressed in Section 4A The following may occur when an ICS Delta TC controller fails:
Section Failure 4F Delta T C AP/28 Section 4F NOTE This section applies to Delta T C controller failures. T C input signal failures are addressed in Section 4A The following may occur when an ICS Delta T C controller fails:
* Delta TC controller may re-ratio loop FDW flows
Delta T C controller may re
* Possible ICS RUNBACK
-ratio loop FDW flows
: 1. Ensure the following in HAND:
: 1. Ensure the following in HAND:
__ 1A and 1B FDW MASTERS
__ 1A and 1B FDW MASTERS
__ DELTA T C CAUTION Total feedwater flow should be maintained constant while individual loop flows are adjusted to establish the desired Tc. Maintaining total FDW flow constant will prevent unwanted changes in reactor power.
__ DELTA TC CAUTION Total feedwater flow should be maintained constant while individual loop flows are adjusted to establish the desired Tc. Maintaining total FDW flow constant will prevent unwanted changes in reactor power.
: 2. Re-ratio feedwater flow, as required, to establish desired DELTA T C while maintaining total feedwater flow constant
: 2. Re-ratio feedwater flow, as required, to establish desired DELTA TC while maintaining total feedwater flow constant
: 3. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
: 3. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
__ Investigate and repair the failed Delta T C controller C controller, C controller will be repaired as soon as possible.
__ Investigate and repair the failed Delta TC controller Booth Cue: When notified to investigate and repair the failed TC controller, respond as SPOC and state that the TC controller will be repaired as soon as possible.
: 4. WHEN notified by SPOC that DELTA T C controller has been repaired, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl (Placing ICS Stations To Auto)
: 4. WHEN notified by SPOC that DELTA TC controller has been repaired, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl (Placing ICS Stations To Auto)
NOTE: ICS will remain in manual for the remainder of the scenario.
NOTE: ICS will remain in manual for the remainder of the scenario.
This event is complete when the SRO reaches the WHEN step (4) in Section 4F, or as directed by the Lead Evaluator.
This event is complete when the SRO reaches the WHEN step (4) in Section 4F, or as directed by the Lead Evaluator.
Page 7 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 8 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   1         Event No.:   4           Page 1 of 4 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.:     1             Event No.:   4                   Page 1 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1 A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/ BOP                SRO/BOP Plant Response:
1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
Statalarms:
Statalarms:
1SA-08/B- Crew Response:
* 1SA-08/B-9 (PROCESS MONITOR RADIATION HIGH)
1SA-08/B-9 3.1 Determine radiation monitors in alarm.
Crew Response:
3.1.1 IF VIEW node OR either SCADA node is NOT in service, refer to OP/1/A/1103/026, (Loss of Sorrento Radiation Monitor).
SRO/ BOP      1SA-08/B-9 3.1 Determine radiation monitors in alarm.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Steps 3.2 through 3.10 are IF statements for which RIA is in alarm. In this case, the crew determines the radiation monitor alarming is 1RIA
3.1.1 IF VIEW node OR either SCADA node is NOT in service, refer to OP/1/A/1103/026, (Loss of Sorrento Radiation Monitor).
-50, so step 3.9 applies.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Steps 3.2 through 3.10 are IF statements for which RIA is in alarm. In this case, the crew determines the radiation monitor alarming is 1RIA-50, so step 3.9 applies.
3.9 IF any of the following RIAs have valid alarms, GO TO AP/18 (Abnormal Release of Radioactivity).
3.9 IF any of the following RIAs have valid alarms, GO TO AP/18 (Abnormal Release of Radioactivity).
AP/18   (Can be performed by Unit 2 if AP/2 has been entered) 4.1 Perform the following:
SRO/BOP      AP/18 (Can be performed by Unit 2 if AP/2 has been entered) 4.1 Perform the following:
At the discretion of the CR SRO, make a PA announcement of the event including any necessary precautions to be observed.
At the discretion of the CR SRO, make a PA announcement of the event including any necessary precautions to be observed.
Notify OSM to reference the following:
Notify OSM to reference the following:
RP/0/B/1000/001 (Emergency Classification).
RP /0/B/1000/001 (Eme rge ncy Cla s s ifica tion).
NSD-202 (Reportability)
NS D-202 (Reportability)
OM P 1-14 (Notifications)
OMP 1-14 (Notifications)
This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated and the crew has determined the leakage has stopped OR as directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated and the crew has determined the leakage has stopped OR as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 8 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 9 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   1         Event No.:   4           Page 2 of 4 Event
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 1                 Event No.:   4           Page 2 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1 A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP         SRO /BOP    AP/18 (cont) 4.2 GO TO appropriate sections for any monitors in High or Alert alarm:
1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP     AP/18 (cont) 4.2 GO TO appropriate sections for any monitors in High or Alert alarm:
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Crew should go to Section 4I for 1RIA
NOTE TO EXAMINER: Crew should go to Section 4I for 1RIA-50.
-50. Section 4I 1 Verify either of the following:
Section 4I 1 Verify either of the following:
    -scale high
* CC SURGE TANK increasing                  5
* CC SURGE TANK off-scale high
: 2. __ Initiate AP/2 (Excessive RCS Leakage).
: 2. __ Initiate AP/2 (Excessive RCS Leakage).
AP/2 Immediate Actions 3.1 Verify HPI operating.
SRO /BOP      AP/2 Immediate Actions 3.1 Verify HPI operating.
3.2 IAAT RC makeup flow is > 100 gpm, AND Pzr level is decreasing, THEN close 1HP-5. 3.3 IAAT all the following exist:
3.2 IAAT RC makeup flow is > 100 gpm, AND Pzr level is decreasing, THEN close 1HP-5.
160 gpm) with letdown isolated Pzr level decreasing NOT indicated LPI DHR NOT providing core cooling THEN perform the following:
3.3 IAAT all the following exist:
* HPI flow is > NORMAL MAKEUP CAPABILITY (160 gpm) with letdown isolated
* Pzr level decreasing
* SG Tube Leakage NOT indicated
* LPI DHR NOT providing core cooling THEN perform the following:
A. Ensure Rx is tripped.
A. Ensure Rx is tripped.
B. Initiate Unit 1 EOP.
B. Initiate Unit 1 EOP.
Subsequent Actions 4.1 Initiate Pzr and LDST level makeup using Unit 1 EOP Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control), as necessary.
Subsequent Actions 4.1 Initiate Pzr and LDST level makeup using Unit 1 EOP Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control), as necessary.
4.2 Announce AP entry using the PA system.
4.2 Announce AP entry using the PA system.
4.3 IAAT LPI DHR in service, AND RCS leakage > LDST makeup capability ( THEN GO TO AP/26 (Loss of Decay Heat Removal).
4.3 IAAT LPI DHR in service, AND RCS leakage > LDST makeup capability (               50 gpm ),
THEN GO TO AP/26 (Loss of Decay Heat Removal).
This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated and the crew has determined the leakage has stopped OR as directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated and the crew has determined the leakage has stopped OR as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 9 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 10 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   1         Event No.:    4           Page 3 of 4 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 1                 Event No.:    4             Page 3 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1 A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP       AP/2 (Cont) 4.4 Initiate the following notifications:
1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP     AP/2 (Cont) 4.4 Initiate the following notifications:
__ OSM to reference the following:
__ OSM to reference the following:
RP/0/B/1000/001 (Emergency Classification)
* RP/0/B/1000/001 (Emergency Classification)
OMP 1-14 (Notifications)
* OMP 1-14 (Notifications)
__ STA __ RP 4.5 Monitor the following trends to determine leak area (AB or RB) and trend for degradation:
* Encl 5.9 (Oversight Guidelines)
RIAs 4.6 Verify specific leak location is identified.
__ STA
4.7 Initiate Encl 5.1 (Leak Rate Determination).
__ RP 4.5 Monitor the following trends to determine leak area (AB or RB) and trend for degradation:
(This will calculate RCS leakage based on CC surge tank level increase and is a very gross calculation since there is no OAC point for CC surge tank level and therefore control room gage must be used.)
                                *    "T6 AP02"
4.8 WHEN leak area/failure is identified, THEN GO TO applicable step that best fits leak area/failure:
                                *    "T6 WASTE"
4.16 Verify all of the following:
* RIAs 4.6 Verify specific leak location is identified.
CC Surge Tank level increasing at 0.65 gpm) or level is off-scale high 1RIA-50 in alarm or increasing 4.17 IAAT CC Surge Tank level is off
4.7 Initiate Encl 5.1 (Leak Rate Determination). (This will calculate RCS leakage based on CC surge tank level increase and is a very gross calculation since there is no OAC point for CC surge tank level and therefore control room gage must be used.)
-scale high, THEN notify Radwaste that the CC Surge Tank has overflowed to the LAWT. 4.18 IAAT RCS leakage is flashing the CC system, OR threatens to overflow the LAWT, THEN perform the following: N/A at this time 4.19 Verify leakage indicated by change in RCP cooler outlet temperatures (Turn-(No leakage indicated)
4.8 WHEN leak area/failure is identified, THEN GO TO applicable step that best fits leak area/failure:
4.16 Verify all of the following:
* CC Surge Tank level increasing at             5 gpm) or level is 0.65 off-scale high
* 1RIA-50 in alarm or increasing 4.17 IAAT CC Surge Tank level is off-scale high, THEN notify Radwaste that the CC Surge Tank has overflowed to the LAWT.
4.18 IAAT RCS leakage is flashing the CC system, OR threatens to overflow the LAWT, THEN perform the following: N/A at this time 4.19 Verify leakage indicated by change in RCP cooler outlet temperatures (Turn-on code "GD AP02"): (No leakage indicated)
RNO GO TO Step 4.24 This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated and the crew has determined the leakage has stopped OR as directed by the lead examiner.
RNO GO TO Step 4.24 This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated and the crew has determined the leakage has stopped OR as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 10 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 11 of 32  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   1         Event No.:   4           Page 4 of 4 Event
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 1                 Event No.:   4               Page 4 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1 A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP AP/2 (cont)
1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP     AP/2 (cont)
NOTE RCS leakage to CC in the letdown coolers may be indicated by a cooler outlet temperature increasing more than the other cooler. Due to CC system setup, letdown cooler CC outlet temperatures may be different. A historical OAC temperature trend may be required to determine if leakage exists and if actions taken are successful in leak isolation. If leaking cooler CANNOT be identified, the coolers will be isolated one at a time starting with the 1A Letdown Cooler.
NOTE RCS leakage to CC in the letdown coolers may be indicated by a cooler outlet temperature increasing more than the other cooler. Due to CC system setup, letdown cooler CC outlet temperatures may be different. A historical OAC temperature trend may be required to determine if leakage exists and if actions taken are successful in leak isolation. If leaking cooler CANNOT be identified, the coolers will be isolated one at a time starting with the 1A Letdown Cooler.
4.24 Monitor letdown cooler outlet temperatures to determine which cooler is leaking (Turn
4.24 Monitor letdown cooler outlet temperatures to determine which cooler is leaking (Turn-on code "GD AP02"):
O1A0065 (LETDOWN COOLER 1A CC OUTLET TEMP)
* O1A0065 (LETDOWN COOLER 1A CC OUTLET TEMP)
O1A0066 (LETDOWN COOLER 1B CC OUTLET TEMP) 4.25 GO TO the appropriate step to isolate affected cooler:
* O1A0066 (LETDOWN COOLER 1B CC OUTLET TEMP) 4.25 GO TO the appropriate step to isolate affected cooler:
NOTE TO EXAMINER: According to the Note above and the table below, the crew ends up in the same place whether they have diagnosed which cooler is leaking or not. Either path is acceptable and ends up with the 1A cooler isolated. 4.26 Verify 1B Letdown Cooler is isolated.
NOTE TO EXAMINER: According to the Note above and the table below, the crew ends up in the same place whether they have diagnosed which cooler is leaking or not. Either path is acceptable and ends up with the 1A cooler isolated.
RNO: 1 Isolate the 1A Letdown Cooler by performing the following:
4.26 Verify 1B Letdown Cooler is isolated.
A. Close 1CC
RNO: 1 Isolate the 1A Letdown Cooler by performing the following:
-1/1HP-1. B. Close 1HP
A. Close 1CC-1/1HP-1.
-3. 2. GO TO Step 4.31.
B. Close 1HP-3.
4.31 Verify the leak isolation was successful:
: 2. GO TO Step 4.31.
CC Surge Tank level stable if 1CC
4.31 Verify the leak isolation was successful:
-7 and 1CC-8 open Decrease in RCS leakage This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated and the crew has determined the leakage has stopped OR as directed by the lead examiner.
* CC Surge Tank level stable if 1CC-7 and 1CC-8 open
* Decrease in RCS leakage This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated and the crew has determined the leakage has stopped OR as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 11 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 12 of 32  Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   1         Event No.:    5                   Page 1 of 2 Event Description
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44         Scenario No.:       1             Event No.:    5               Page 1 of 2 Event
:  1A SG Outlet Pressure Fails High Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC 


Plant Response:
== Description:==
1A TBVs open Main Turbine Control valves close to control THP at setpoint.
1A SG Outlet Pressure Fails High Time      Position                                Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
Megawatts decrease.
* 1A TBVs open
Reactor power increases initially but returns to pre
* Main Turbine Control valves close to control THP at setpoint.
-transient values.
* Generated Megawatts decrease.
RCS temperature and pressure change initially but return to pre
* Reactor power increases initially but returns to pre-transient values.
-transient values.
* RCS temperature and pressure change initially but return to pre-transient values.
Crew Response:
Crew Response:
The OATC should recognize a transient is in progress, and then perform PTR.
OATC
Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)
* The OATC should recognize a transient is in progress, and then perform PTR.
SRO will refer to AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures) 4.1 Provide control bands as required (per OMP 1
* Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)
-18 Attach I) 4.2 Initiate notification of the following:
* SRO will refer to AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures) 4.1 Provide control bands as required (per OMP 1-18 Attach I) 4.2 Initiate notification of the following:
__ OSM to reference OMP 1
__ OSM to reference OMP 1-14 and Emergency Plan
-14 and Emergency Plan
__ STA 4.3 Verify a power transient  5% has occurred. GO TO Step 4.5 4.5 Use the following , as necessary, to determine the applicable section from table in Step 4.6 OAC alarm video, OAC display points, Control Board indications, SPOC assistance 4.6 GO TO the applicable section per the following table:
__ STA GO TO Step 4.5 4.5 Use the following , as necessary, to determine the applicable section from table in Step 4.6 OAC alarm video, OAC display points, Control Board indications, SPOC assistance 4.6 GO TO the applicable section per the following table:
Section                   Failure 4N         SG Outlet Pressure 4P          TBV Failure Note: Either section of AP/28 above will mitigate this event. Both sections are shown below.
Section Failure 4N   4 P TBV Failure Note: Either section of AP/28 above will mitigate this event. Both sections are shown below.
This event is complete when the A TBVs have been closed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when the "A" TBVs have been closed, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
Page 12 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 13 of 32  Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:    1         Event No.:   5                    Page 2 of 2 Event Description
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44         Scenario No.:    1             Event No.:   5                    Page 2 of 2 Event
:  1A SG Outlet Pressure Fails High Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC                       


Crew Response:
== Description:==
AP/28 Section 4N ( 1. Ensure the affected TBVs in HAND and closed:
1A SG Outlet Pressure Fails High Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES and 1B TURBINE BYPASS VALVES
OATC        AP/28 Section 4N (SG Outlet Pressure)
: 1. Ensure the affected TBVs in HAND and closed:
* 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES and 1B TURBINE BYPASS VALVES
: 2. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
: 2. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
(Control of Unit 1 Star Module Signal Selection Function).
* Select a valid SG Outlet Pressure input to ICS per AM/1/A/0326/020 (Control of Unit 1 Star Module Signal Selection Function).
: 3. WHEN notified by SPOC that a vali  restored to ICS, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl (Placing ICS Stations To Auto).
* Investigate and repair the failed SG Outlet Pressure instrumentation.
: 3. WHEN notified by SPOC that a valid SG Outlet Pressure input has been restored to ICS, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl (Placing ICS Stations To Auto).
AP/28 Section 4P (TBV Failure)
AP/28 Section 4P (TBV Failure)
: 1. GO TO the first applicable step per the following table:
: 1. GO TO the first applicable step per the following table:
Failure Step 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES fail open any amount. 2 2. Verify the TURBINE MASTER IN Automatic.
Failure             Step 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES fail open any         2 amount.
: 2. Verify the TURBINE MASTER IN Automatic.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to close 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES, THEN perform the following:
: 3. IAAT it is desired to close 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES, THEN perform the following:
A. Place 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES in HAND.
A. Place 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES in HAND.
B. Close 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES
B. Close 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES
: 4. Verify ICS responds as expected. 5. IAAT 1MS-17 must be closed to isolate the 1A TBVs THEN close 1MS-17. 6. Verify ICS responds as expected
: 4. Verify ICS responds as expected.
: 7. Verify 1A TBVs or 1MS
: 5. IAAT 1MS-17 must be closed to isolate the 1A TBVs THEN close 1MS-17.
-17 closed.
: 6. Verify ICS responds as expected
: 8. IAAT the 1B TBVs have failed open- (does not apply)
: 7. Verify 1A TBVs or 1MS-17 closed.
: 8. IAAT the 1B TBVs have failed open (does not apply)
: 9. Notify SPOC to investigate and repair any failed TBVs.
: 9. Notify SPOC to investigate and repair any failed TBVs.
: 10. WHEN notified by SPOC that TBVs have bee n repaired THEN continue. This event is complete when the "A" TBVs have been closed, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
: 10. WHEN notified by SPOC that TBVs have been repaired THEN continue.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 14 of 32  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:    1     Event No.:
This event is complete when the A TBVs have been closed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
6         Page 1 of 2 Event
Page 13 of 32
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.:    1     Event No.:   6                       Page 1 of 2 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
60 gpm leak in 1A SG Requiring a manual power reduction (TS)
60 gpm leak in 1 A SG Requiring a manual power reduction (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
Time     Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
 
* 1SA8/A9 (RM AREA MONITOR RADIATION HIGH)
SRO SRO/BOP/ OATC       
* 1SA8/E10 (N-16 RM PRIMARY TO SECONDARY TUBE LEAK)
 
* 1SA8/D10 (RM CSAE EXHAUST RADIATION HIGH)
SRO/OATC Plant response:
* 1SA8/B9 (RM PROCESS MONITOR RADIATION HIGH)
1SA8/A9 (RM AREA MONITOR   1SA8/E10 (N
* 1RIA-40 in alarm
-      1RIA-40 in alarm 1RIA 59 in alarm and indicating  60 gpm. Crew response:
* 1RIA 59 in alarm and indicating  60 gpm.
EXAMINER NOTE: Direct entry . EOP SGTR TAB
Crew response:
EXAMINER NOTE: Direct entry into the SGTR Tab is SGTL  25 gpm.
EOP SGTR TAB
: 1. Verify Rx tripped.
: 1. Verify Rx tripped.
RNO: 1. Maintain Pzr level 220 - 260 by initiating Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control).
SRO RNO: 1.       Maintain Pzr level 220 - 260 by initiating Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control). (page 23)
(page 23) 2. GO TO Step 9. 9 IAAT Pzr level decreasing with all available HPI, AND Rx power is > 18%, THEN perform the following:
: 2. GO TO Step 9.
SRO/BOP/
OATC          9     IAAT Pzr level decreasing with all available HPI, AND Rx power is > 18%,
THEN perform the following:
A. Trip the Rx.
A. Trip the Rx.
B. GO TO IMA tab.
: 10. Verify all:
: 10. Verify all:
Rx power > 40%
* Rx power > 40%
1RIA-59 operable 1RIA-60 operable EXAMINER NOTE: Crew determines that SGTL rate is   60 gpm. EDLs are in effect
* 1RIA-59 operable
: 11. Determine leak rate using: 1RIA-59 1RIA-60 12. 13. Verify ICS capable of power reduction in AUTO.
* 1RIA-60 operable EXAMINER NOTE: Crew determines that SGTL rate is 60 gpm. EDLs are in effect
RNO: 1. Initiate manual power reduction to < 15%.
: 11. Determine leak rate using:
: 2. GO TO Step 15. This event is completed when > 10% power reduction has occurred and auxiliaries have been transfered or when directed by the lead examiner.
* 1RIA-59
* 1RIA-60
: 12. Notify OSM of SGTR leak rate.
: 13. Verify ICS capable of power reduction in AUTO.
RNO: 1. Initiate manual power reduction to < 15%.
SRO/OATC              2. GO TO Step 15.
This event is completed when > 10% power reduction has occurred and auxiliaries have been transfered or when directed by the lead examiner.
Page 14 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 15 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   1     Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.:     1     Event No.:   6                     Page 2 of 2 Event
6             Page 2 of 2 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
60 gpm leak in 1A SG Requiring a manual power reduction (TS)
Time      Position                              Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP SGTR TAB (continued)
NOTE Encl 5.19 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown for SGTR) will swap auxiliaries.
SRO/BOP        15    Initiate Encl 5.19 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown for SGTR).
: 16. WHEN both exist:
* Reactor power is  15% FP
* Unit auxiliaries have been transferred THEN continue.
EXAMINER NOTE: The Tech Spec for this SGTR is TS 3.4.13 for leakage
                      >150 gpd. Condition B applies (Mode 3 within 12 hours and Mode 5 within 36 hours)
BOOTH CUE: Ensure the OATC has reduced Reactor Power >10% AND the BOP has transferred auxiliaries prior to initiating the next event (Timer 7)
This event is completed when > 10% power reduction has occurred and auxiliaries have been transfered or when directed by the lead examiner.
Page 15 of 32


60 gpm leak in 1 A SG Requiring a manual power reduction (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP          EOP SGTR TAB (continued)
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44    Scenario No.:    1             Event No.:   7                   Page 1 of 4 Event
NOTE auxiliaries.
15 Initiate Encl 5.19 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown for    16. WHEN both exist:  Reactor power is  15% FP  Unit auxiliaries have been transferred THEN continue. EXAMINER NOTE:  The Tech Spec for this SGTR is TS 3.4.13 for leakage 36 hours)
BOOTH CUE:  Ensure the OATC has reduced Reactor Power >10% AND the BOP has transferred auxiliaries prior to initiating the next event (Timer
: 7)  This event is completed when > 10% power reduction has occurred and auxiliaries have been transfered or when directed by the lead examiner.
 
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 16 of 32  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:    1     Event No.:
7         Page 1 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater  
Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater - LOHT Tab - CBP feed Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
- LOHT Tab - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC Plant Response
When directed by the Lead Examiner, a Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater will occur.
: When directed by the Lead Examiner, a Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater will occur.
SRO/OATC      Crew Response:
Crew Response
Perform Immediate Manual Actions (IMAs) 3.1 Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.
Perform Immediate Manual Actions (IMAs) 3.1 Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.
3.2 Verify reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing.
3.2 Verify reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing.
3.3 Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton.
3.4 Verify all turbine stop valves closed.
3.5 Verify RCP seal injection available.
BOP will perform a Symptom Check and initiate Rule 3 (Loss of Main and /
or Emergency Feedwater)
SRO will transfer to the Loss Of Heat Transfer Tab based on Parallel Actions page.
This event is complete when RCS temperature is stabilized on Condensate Booster Pump feed or as directed by the lead Examiner.
Page 16 of 32


3.3  Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton.
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44    Scenario No.: 1               Event No.:   7                   Page 2 of 4 Event
3.4  Verify all turbine stop valves closed.
3.5  Verify RCP seal injection available.
BOP will perform a Symptom Check and initiate Rule 3 (Loss of Main and / or Emergency Feedwater)
SRO will transfer to the Loss Of Heat Transfer Tab based on Parallel Actions page.
This event is complete when RCS temperature is stabilized on Condensate Booster Pump feed            or as directed by the lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 17 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:
1       Event No.:
7         Page 2 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater - LOHT Tab - CBP feed Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 BOP/OATC
Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater  
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding.
- LOHT Tab - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP/OATC    
RNO: GO TO Step 3.
 
: 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency), AND any of the following exist:
Rule 3    1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding.
* RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
RNO: GO TO Step 3. 3. IAAT NO AND any of the following exist:
* Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]
RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit   THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).
Start EFDW pumps to feed all intact SGs.
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs.
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
RNO:   GO TO Step 7. 7. Place the following in MANUAL and close:
RNO: GO TO Step 7.
1FDW-315 1FDW-316   8. Verify both of the following:
: 7. Place the following in MANUAL and close:
Any CBP operating     9. Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.
* 1FDW-315
* 1FDW-316
: 8. Verify both of the following:
* Any CBP operating
* TBVs available on an intact SG
: 9. Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.
: 10. Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B.
: 10. Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B.
: 11. Place 1FDW
: 11. Place 1FDW-33 and 1FDW-42 control switches in OPEN
-33 and 1FDW
: 12. SimultaAOusly position Startup Control valves (1FDW-35 1FDW-44) 10 - 20% open on all intact SGs
-42 control switches in OPEN
: 13. Perform the following:
: 12. Simulta AOusly position Startup Control valves (1FDW
* Place 1FDW-31 switch in CLOSE.
-35 1FDW-44) 10 - 20% open on all intact     13. Perform the following:
* Place 1FDW-40 switch in CLOSE.
Place 1FDW
* Close 1FDW-32.
-31 switch in CLOSE.
* Close 1FDW-41.
Place 1FDW
This event is complete when RCS temperature is stabilized on Condensate Booster Pump feed or as directed by the lead Examiner.
-40 switch in CLOSE.
Page 17 of 32
Close 1FDW
 
-32. Close 1FDW
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44    Scenario No.:    1             Event No.:     7                   Page 3 of 4 Event
-41. This event is complete when RCS temperature is stabilized on Condensate Booster Pump feed           or as directed by the lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 18 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:    1       Event No.:
7       Page 3 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater  
Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater - LOHT Tab - CBP feed Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 (Continued)
- LOHT Tab - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP/OATC Rule 3 (Continued)
BOP/OATC
: 14. Verify Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling) in progress.
: 14. Verify Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling) in progress.
RNO: (CT-11, Control SG Pressure to Maintain RC Temperature Constant)       2. Control FDW flow to stabilize RCS P/T by throttling the Startup Control valves and TBVs as necessary:
RNO: (CT-11, Control SG Pressure to Maintain RC Temperature Constant)
: 1. Lower SG pressure in available SGs to  500 psig.
: 2. Control FDW flow to stabilize RCS P/T by throttling the Startup Control valves and TBVs as necessary:
: 3. Notify CR SRO that CBP feed is in progress
: 3. Notify CR SRO that CBP feed is in progress
: 4. Place 1FDW
: 4. Place 1FDW-38 and 1FDW-47 switches to OPEN
-38 and 1FDW
: 5. Place 1FDW-36 and 1FDW-45 switches to CLOSE
-47 switches to OPEN
: 6. GO TO step 16
: 5. Place 1FDW
-36 and 1FDW
-45 switches to CLOSE
: 16. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP is operable and available for manual start.
: 16. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP is operable and available for manual start.
: 17. Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.26 (Manual Start of TDEFDWP).
: 17. Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.26 (Manual Start of TDEFDWP).
: 18. Verify cross
: 18. Verify cross-tie with Unit 2 is desired.
-tie with Unit 2 is desired.
: 19. Dispatch an operator to open 2FDW-313 and 2FDW-314
: 19. Dispatch an operator to open 2FDW
: 20. Dispatch an operator to 1FDW-313 and have them notify the CR when in position.
-313 and 2FDW
-314   20. Dispatch an operator to 1FDW
-313 and have them notify the CR when in position.
: 21. Notify Unit 2 to:
: 21. Notify Unit 2 to:
Manually Close 2FDW
* Manually Close 2FDW-315 & 316.
-315 & 316.
* Start their U2 TDEFWP
Start their U2 TDEFWP
: 22. WHEN, either of the following exists: 1FDW-313 Operator in position OR Unit 1 TDEFWP has been manually started; THEN continue.
: 22. WHEN, either of the following exists: 1FDW
This event is complete when RCS temperature is stabilized on Condensate Booster Pump feed or as directed by the lead Examiner.
-313 Operator in position OR Unit 1 TDEFWP has been manually started; THEN continue. This event is complete when RCS temperature is stabilized on Condensate Booster Pump feed           or as directed by the lead Examiner.
Page 18 of 32
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 19 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:
 
1       Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44    Scenario No.: 1               Event No.:   7                       Page 4 of 4 Event
7         Page 4 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater - LOHT Tab - CBP feed Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Loss Of Heat Transfer Tab
Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater  
- LOHT Tab - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
 
SRO/BOP/ OATC Loss Of Heat Transfer Tab
: 1. Ensure Rule 3 in progress or complete.
: 1. Ensure Rule 3 in progress or complete.
NOTE: Transfer to LOSCM tab is NOT required if RCS heats to the point where core SCM = 0&deg;F.
NOTE: Transfer to LOSCM tab is NOT required if RCS heats to the point SRO/BOP/
: 2. IAAT the RCS heats to the point where core SCM = 0&deg;F, THEN GO TO Step 4. 3. IAAT NO AND any of the following exist:
where core SCM = 0&deg;F.
RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit   THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).
OATC
RNO: NOTE: 1A1 RCP provides the best Pzr spray.
: 2. IAAT the RCS heats to the point where core SCM = 0&deg;F, THEN GO TO Step 4.
: 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency), AND any of the following exist:
* RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
* Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).
RNO:
NOTE: 1A1 RCP provides the best Pzr spray.
: 1. Reduce operating RCPs to one pump/loop.
: 1. Reduce operating RCPs to one pump/loop.
: 2. WHEN any of the following exists:
: 2. WHEN any of the following exists:
EFDW flow has been re-established by existing Rules/Enclosures EFDW aligned from another unit Operator performing Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) or Encl 5.27 (Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow) reports EFDW available THEN GO TO Step 48 Examiner Note: The SRO will wait at the WHEN step until one of the bullets are met or until an outstanding IAAT is met. The crew may initiate EOP Encl 5.5 for inventory control. These steps are included beginning on page 2 3. To initiate Event 8, IAAT step 3 will be met The EOP path for Event 8 continues on Page 2
* EFDW flow has been re-established by existing Rules/Enclosures
: 0. This event is complete when RCS temperature is stabilized on Condensate Booster Pump feed           or as directed by the lead Examiner.
* EFDW aligned from another unit
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 20 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   1       Event No.:
* Operator performing Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) or Encl 5.27 (Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow) reports EFDW available THEN GO TO Step 48 Examiner Note: The SRO will wait at the WHEN step until one of the bullets are met or until an outstanding IAAT is met. The crew may initiate EOP Encl 5.5 for inventory control. These steps are included beginning on page 23. To initiate Event 8, IAAT step 3 will be met by tripping the CBPs.
8         Page 1 of 3 Event
The EOP path for Event 8 continues on Page 20.
This event is complete when RCS temperature is stabilized on Condensate Booster Pump feed or as directed by the lead Examiner.
Page 19 of 32
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44    Scenario No.:     1           Event No.:     8                       Page 1 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
CBPs trip requiring HPI Forced cooling, 1HP-24 will not open, Transfer to HPI CD Tab Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Loss of CBP's Plant Response:
CBPs trip requiring HPI Forced cooling, 1HP
* CBPs trip
-24 will not open, Transfer to HPI CD Tab Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
* Feedwater flow decreases
 
* RCS temperature increases Crew Response:
SRO      BOP/OATC Loss of CBP's Plant Response: CBPs trip Feedwater flow decreases RCS temperature increases Crew Response
SRO        SRO may direct RO to re-perform Rule 3 however there are no EFDWP's available and all required actions will already have been performed during the initial performance of Rule 3.
: SRO may direct RO to re
At 2300 psig RCS pressure, direct performance of Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling).
-perform Rule 3 however there are no EFDWP's available and all required actions will already have been performed during the initial performance of Rule 3. At 2300 psig RCS pressure, direct performance of Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling). Rule 4   (CT-14 Initiate HPI Forced Cooling Within 5 minutes of meeting criteria)
Rule 4 (CT-14 Initiate HPI Forced Cooling Within 5 minutes of BOP/OATC        meeting criteria)
: 1. Verify any HPI pump can be operated.
: 1. Verify any HPI pump can be operated.
: 2. Open 1HP
: 2. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP-25.
-24 and 1HP
Examiner Note: 1HP-24 will NOT open requiring the RNO actions.
-25. Examiner Note: 1HP-24 will NOT open requiring the RNO actions.
RNO: IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
RNO: IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP
-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
A. IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
A. IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
B. IF < 2 HPI pumps operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
B. IF < 2 HPI pumps operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
C. GO TO Step 4. Examiner Note: When 1HP-26 is opened, the standby HPI pump may start due to low seal injection flow. If so, the student should stop one of the HPI pumps because only 1 BWST suction valve is open (1HP
C. GO TO Step 4.
-24 would not open). The guidance to do this is contained in Rule 6. 4. Open 1HP
Examiner Note: When 1HP-26 is opened, the standby HPI pump may start due to low seal injection flow. If so, the student should stop one of the HPI pumps because only 1 BWST suction valve is open (1HP-24 would not open). The guidance to do this is contained in Rule 6.
-26 and 1HP
: 4. Open 1HP-26 and 1HP-27
-27   5. Open 1RC
: 5. Open 1RC-4.
-4. 6. Verify flow exists in any HPI header.
: 6. Verify flow exists in any HPI header.
: 7. Open PORV. (Switch to OPEN, depress OPEN permit
: 7. Open PORV. (Switch to OPEN, depress OPEN permit)
)    8. Verify at least two HPI pumps operating.
: 8. Verify at least two HPI pumps operating.
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the HPI CD tab or as directed by the lead Examiner.
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the HPI CD tab or as directed by the lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 21 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:    1       Event No.:
Page 20 of 32
8         Page 2 of 3 Event
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44    Scenario No.:    1             Event No.: 8                       Page 2 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
CBPs trip requiring HPI Forced cooling, 1HP-24 will not open, Transfer to HPI CD Tab Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 4 (Cont.)
CBPs trip requiring HPI Forced cooling, 1HP
BOP/OATC          9. Verify flow in both HPI headers is in the acceptable region of Figure
-24 will not open, Transfer to HPI CD Tab Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP/OATC Rule 4 (Cont.)
: 9. Verify flow in both HPI headers is in the acceptable region of Figure
: 10. Verify flow exists in any HPI header
: 10. Verify flow exists in any HPI header
: 11. Open PORV. (PORV will already be opened from performing step 7)
: 11. Open PORV. (PORV will already be opened from performing step 7)
: 12. Verify > one RCP operating.
: 12. Verify > one RCP operating.
: 13. Stop all but one RCP. (note: prefer leaving 1A1 RCP running)
: 13. Stop all but one RCP. (note: prefer leaving 1A1 RCP running)
: 14. IAAT the following limits are exceeded, 1 HPIP - 475 gpm (incl. SI) 1A & 1B HPIP with 1HP
: 14. IAAT the following limits are exceeded,
-409 open - 950 gpm (incl. SI)
* 1 HPIP - 475 gpm (incl. SI)
THEN throttle HPI to maximize flow
* 1A & 1B HPIP with 1HP-409 open - 950 gpm (incl. SI)
THEN throttle HPI to maximize flow               flow lim it.
: 15. De-energize all Pzr heaters.
: 15. De-energize all Pzr heaters.
: 16. Close 1HP
: 16. Close 1HP-5.
-5. 17. Close TBVs, 1FDW
: 17. Close TBVs, 1FDW-35 and 1FDW-44.
-35 and 1FDW
: 18. IAAT all HPI is lost, stop all RCP's and close the PORV
-44. 18. IAAT all HPI is lost, stop all RCP's and close the PORV
: 19. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule.
: 19. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule.
Booth Cue: If the crew requests that Unit 2 handle AP/18 due to RIA alarms, reply that Unit 2 WILL handle AP/18.
Booth Cue: If the crew requests that Unit 2 handle AP/18 due to RIA alarms, reply that Unit 2 WILL handle AP/18.
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the HPI CD tab or as directed by the lead Examiner.
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the HPI CD tab or as directed by the lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 22 of 32    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:    1       Event No.:
Page 21 of 32
8         Page 3 of 3 Event
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44    Scenario No.:    1             Event No.:   8                   Page 3 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
CBPs trip requiring HPI Forced cooling, 1HP-24 will not open, Transfer to HPI CD Tab Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior LOHT tab SRO/OATC/
CBPs trip requiring HPI Forced cooling, 1HP
BOP         Determine that IAAT step 3 is met:
-24 will not open, Transfer to HPI CD Tab Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP             SRO/OATC/BOP  LOHT tab  Determine that IAAT step 3 is met:
: 4. PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).
: 4. PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).
: 5. Verify all the following:
: 5. Verify all the following:
At least two HPI pumps operating Acceptable HPI flow exists in both HPI headers per Rule 4 PORV open 1RC-4 open     6. GO TO HPI CD tab.
* At least two HPI pumps operating
 
* Acceptable HPI flow exists in both HPI headers per Rule 4
HPI CD tab
* PORV open
: 1. IAAT THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).
* 1RC-4 open
: 6. GO TO HPI CD tab.
HPI CD tab SRO/OATC/        1. IAAT BWST level is  19', THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction BOP                  Swap to RBES).
: 2. IAAT either of the following exists:
: 2. IAAT either of the following exists:
THEN GO TO LOCA CD tab.
* LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B  3400 gpm
* Only one LPI header in operation with header flow  2900 gpm THEN GO TO LOCA CD tab.
: 3. Verify all of the following exist:
: 3. Verify all of the following exist:
PORV open 1RC-4 open Two HPI trains injecting CETCs &deg;F   4. Perform the following:
* PORV open
Ensure all RBCUs in low speed.
* 1RC-4 open
Open 1LPSW
* Two HPI trains injecting
-18, 1LPSW-21 and 1LPSW
* CETCs             &deg;F 640
-24. 5. Initiate Encl 5.35 (Containment Isolation)
: 4. Perform the following:
* Ensure all RBCUs in low speed.
* Open 1LPSW-18, 1LPSW-21 and 1LPSW-24.
: 5. Initiate Encl 5.35 (Containment Isolation)
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the HPI CD tab or as directed by the lead Examiner.
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the HPI CD tab or as directed by the lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 23 of 32  Page 1 of 8 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.
Page 22 of 32
ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100   1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain desired Pzr level:
 
1A HPI Pump 1B HPI Pump 1HP-26 1HP-7 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand 1HP-5 __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 1 of 8 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.
-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.
ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
: 2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired,   THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain       __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, desired Pzr level:                                     THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
* 1A HPI Pump                                     desired Pzr level.
* 1B HPI Pump
* 1HP-26
* 1HP-7
* 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand
* 1HP-5
: 2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
: 4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
A. Open: __ 1CS-26 __ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP
A. Open:
-14 to BLEED.
__ 1CS-26
__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED.
C. Notify SRO.
C. Notify SRO.
: 5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP
: 5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
-14 to NORMAL.
Page 23 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 24 of 32  Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                         RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, THEN perform Steps 7 - 9. __ GO TO Step 10. 7. Open: 1HP-24  1HP-25 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
: 6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required,               __ GO TO Step 10.
-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
THEN perform Steps 7 - 9.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
: 7. Open:                                   1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
* 1HP-24                                    (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* 1HP-25 A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
C. Open:
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
__ 1LP-15
F. __ GO TO Step 8. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
__ 1LP-16
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP. B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
__ 1LP-9
C. __ GO TO Step 9.
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GO TO Step 8.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
C. __ GO TO Step 9.
Page 24 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 25 of 32  Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.
: 8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.                               __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
__ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP
: 9. Throttle the following as required to         1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, maintain desired Pzr level:                        AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
* 1HP-26 desired Pzr level.
: 9. Throttle the following as required to maintain desired Pzr level:
* 1HP-27
1HP-26  1HP-27 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
: 2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.
Page 25 of 32
: 2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 26 of 32  Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                         Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                       RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained, THEN perform Step
: 10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be               __ GO TO Step 12.
: 11. __ GO TO Step 12. 11. Perform the following:
maintained, THEN perform Step 11.
Open 1HP-24. Open 1HP-25. Close 1HP-16. 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
: 11. Perform the following:               1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* Open 1HP-24.                            (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* Open 1HP-25.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
* Close 1HP-16.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
C. Open:
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
__ 1LP-15
F. __ G O TO Step 12. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
__ 1LP-16
__ 1LP-9
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GO TO Step 12.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
Page 26 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 27 of 32  Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 12. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
: 12. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
: 13. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
: 13. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
Open 1HP-17. Open 1HP-18 14. IAAT all of the following exist:
* Open 1HP-17.
Letdown isolated LPSW available Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 15 - 33. {41} __ GO TO Step 34. 15. Open: 1CC-7  1CC-8 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be restored due to inability to restart the CC system. 2. __ GO TO Step 34. 16. Ensure only one CC pump running.
* Open 1HP-18
: 17. Place the non
: 14. IAAT all of the following exist:               __ GO TO Step 34.
-running CC pump in AUTO. 18. Verify both are open: 1HP-1  1HP-2 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP
* Letdown isolated
-3 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 20. 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP
* LPSW available
-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 20. 19. GO TO Step 22. NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.
* Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 15 - 33. {41}
: 20. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration Room has occurred.
: 15. Open:                                       1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be
__ GO TO Step 22. 21. GO TO Step 34.  
* 1CC-7                                          restored due to inability to restart the CC
* 1CC-8                                          system.
: 2. __ GO TO Step 34.
: 16. Ensure only one CC pump running.
: 17. Place the non-running CC pump in AUTO.
: 18. Verify both are open:                       1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP-3 failing to
* 1HP-1                                          close,
* 1HP-2                                          THEN GO TO Step 20.
: 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 20.
: 19. GO TO Step 22.
NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.
: 20. Verify letdown line leak in East               __ GO TO Step 22.
Penetration Room has occurred.
: 21. GO TO Step 34.
Page 27 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 28 of 32  Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 22. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
: 22. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
: 23. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in service.
: 23. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed   1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in in service.                                      service, THEN open:
: 1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-1 __1HP-3 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-2 __1HP-4 3. __ GO TO Step 25. 24. Open: 1HP-1 1HP-2 1HP-3 1HP-4 25. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned. Perform the following:
__1HP-1
A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.
__1HP-3
B. __ GO TO Step 34. 26. Close 1HP-6. 27. Close 1HP-7. 28. Verify letdown temperature <
: 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open:
125 F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13. 2. Close: __1HP-8 __1HP-9&11 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:
__1HP-2
A. __Select 1HP
__1HP-4
-14 to NORMAL.
: 3. __ GO TO Step 25.
B. __Close 1HP
: 24. Open:
-16. 4. __ switch to BYPASS.
* 1HP-1
* 1HP-2
* 1HP-3
* 1HP-4
: 25. Verify at least one letdown cooler is         Perform the following:
aligned.                                      A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.
B. __ GO TO Step 34.
: 26. Close 1HP-6.
: 27. Close 1HP-7.
: 28. Verify letdown temperature < 125&deg;F.         1. __ Open 1HP-13.
: 2. Close:
__1HP-8
__1HP-9&11
: 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:
A.       __Select 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
B.       __Close 1HP-16.
: 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.
Page 28 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 29 of 32  Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 29. Open 1HP-5. 30. Adjust 1HP
: 29. Open 1HP-5.
-7 for  20 gpm letdown.
: 30. Adjust 1HP-7 for  20 gpm letdown.
: 31. WHEN letdown temperature is
: 31. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125&deg;F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
< 125 F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP   32. Open 1HP-6. 33. Adjust 1HP
: 32. Open 1HP-6.
-7 to control desired letdown flow. NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level. 34. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
: 33. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.
NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level.
: 34. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
: 35. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:
: 35. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:
A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.
A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.
Line 547: Line 671:
C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.
C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.
: 36. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
: 36. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
Makeup from BWST NOT required LDST level > 55 All control rods inserted Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close: 1HP-24 1HP-25 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 30 of 32  Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
* Makeup from BWST NOT required
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
* LDST level > 55
: 37. Verify 1CS
* All control rods inserted
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.
* Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close:
__ GO TO Step 39. 38. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:
* 1HP-24
A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. B. Locally position 1CS
* 1HP-25 Page 29 of 32
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
 
C. Close 1CS-46. D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. E. Locally throttle 1CS
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                   Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90  
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
- 110 psig discharge pressure.
: 37. Verify 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has             __ GO TO Step 39.
F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. 39. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, AND only one Letdown filter is desired.
been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.
__ GO TO Step 41. 40. Perform one of the following:
: 38. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:
Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.
A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.
B. Locally position 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
C. Close 1CS-46.
D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
E. Locally throttle 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90 - 110 psig discharge pressure.
F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
: 39. Verify two Letdown Filters in service,         __ GO TO Step 41.
AND only one Letdown filter is desired.
: 40. Perform one of the following:
* Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.
* Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.
: 41. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
: 41. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
END  
                                                * *
* END
* Page 30 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 31 of 32  CRITICAL TASKS
Appendix D                         Required Operator Actions                   Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam CRITICAL TASKS
: 1. CT-page 18 2. CT-14 Initiate HPI Forced Cooling. page 2 0     
: 1. CT-11, Control SG Pressure to Maintain RC Temperature Constant. page 18
: 2. CT-14 Initiate HPI Forced Cooling. page 20 Page 31 of 32


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM) SSF Operable: Yes U1 - OH, U2 - LCTs Operable:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)
2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CRS)
SSF Operable: Yes     KHU's Operable: U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable: 2   Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CRS)
Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power:
Unit 1 Simulator                                   Other Units Mode: 1                                             Unit 2                     Unit 3 Reactor Power: 100%                         Mode: 1                   Mode: 1 Gross MWE: 897                             100% Power                 100% Power RCS Leakage: .024 gpm                       EFDW Backup: Yes           EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate: .01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)
100% Mode: 1 Mode: 1 897 100% Power 100% Power RCS Leakage:  
Component/Train                 OOS                 Restoration          TS/SLC #
.024 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate:
Date/Time               Required Date/Time Shift Turnover Items (CRS)
.01 gpm   Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CR S) Component/Train OOS Date/Time Restoration Required Date/Time TS/SLC #        Shift Turnover Items (CRS)
Primary
Primary SASS in Manual for I&E LDST needs Hydrogen addition. Direct the BOP to add H2 to the LDST using OP/1/A/1106/017 (Hydrogen System) Enclosure 4.5 (Unit 1 LDST H2 Addition).
* SASS in Manual for I&E
Secondary 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD
* LDST needs Hydrogen addition. Direct the BOP to add H2 to the LDST using OP/1/A/1106/017 (Hydrogen System) Enclosure 4.5 (Unit 1 LDST H2 Addition).
-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event.     Reactivity Management (CR S)
Secondary
RCS Boron:
* 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event.
6 ppmB Rod Position: 91% Human Performance Emphasis (SM) Procedure Use and Adherence
Reactivity Management (CRS)
RCS Boron: 6 ppmB         Gp 7 Rod Position: 91%
Human Performance Emphasis (SM)
Procedure Use and Adherence


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 ILT44 NRC Exam Facility: Oconee     Scenario No.:
Appendix D                                       Scenario Outline                               Form ES-D-1 ILT44 NRC Exam Facility: Oconee                       Scenario No.: 2                               Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________                   Operators: ________________________SRO
2     Op-Test No.:
________________________                             ________________________OATC
1 Examiners: ________________________
________________________                             ________________________BOP Initial Conditions:
Operators:
* Reactor Power = 75%           Unit 2: 100%,       Unit 3: 100%
________________________SRO                    ________________________
________________________OATC                    ________________________
________________________BOP   Initial Conditions:
Reactor Power
= 75%         Unit 2: 100%,       Unit 3: 100%
Turnover:
Turnover:
1B FDWP on Handjack SASS in manual for I&E Voltage Regulator is in MANUAL for I&E Reduce VARs to 150 +/- 10 MVARs IAW OP/1/A/1106/001, Enclosure 4.8 (Changing Generator MVAR) Event No. Malfunction        No. Event Type*
* 1B FDWP on Handjack
Event Description 0a Override SASS in Manual 0b Override AFIS Disabled 1 N: BOP, SRO Place Voltage Regulator Mode in AUTO and decrease VARs. 2 MPS250 C: BOP, SRO 1B2 RCP seal failure 3 MSS470 C: BOP, SRO (TS) Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU degrades to Cooler Rupture 4 Overrides C: OATC, SRO 1HP-120 (RC Volume Control) Fails OPEN 5 MCR021 C: OATC, SRO (TS) Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (requires 1B FDWP adjustment) 6 MEL220 C: OATC, SRO 1TB 6900v lockout trips 2nd RCP (1A2) requiring manual Rx trip 7 MSS390, 14% M: ALL 1B MSLB outside the reactor building (EHT tab) with Auto AFIS actuation blocked 8 Override ALL 1FDW-315 fails open
* SASS in manual for I&E
    * (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,   (I)nstrument,    (C)omponent,   (M)ajor
* Voltage Regulator is in MANUAL for I&E
* Reduce VARs to 150 +/- 10 MVARs IAW OP/1/A/1106/001, Enclosure 4.8 (Changing Generator MVAR)
Event    Malfunction                                                      Event Event Type*                                Description No.           No.
0a     Override                                 SASS in Manual 0b     Override                                 AFIS Disabled 1                                               Place Voltage Regulator Mode in AUTO and decrease N: BOP, SRO VARs.
2     MPS250         C: BOP, SRO             1B2 RCP seal failure Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU degrades to 3     MSS470         C: BOP, SRO (TS)
Cooler Rupture 4     Overrides       C: OATC, SRO             1HP-120 (RC Volume Control) Fails OPEN Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit 5     MCR021         C: OATC, SRO (TS)
(requires 1B FDWP adjustment) 1TB 6900v lockout trips 2nd RCP (1A2) requiring 6      MEL220          C: OATC, SRO manual Rx trip MSS390,                                 1B MSLB outside the reactor building (EHT tab) with 7      14%            M: ALL Auto AFIS actuation blocked 8     Override         ALL                     1FDW-315 fails open
  * (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument,    (C)omponent,     (M)ajor


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 2 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   2         Event No.:    1             Page 1 of 1 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44    Scenario No.: 2               Event No.:    1                   Page 1 of 1 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Place Voltage Regulator Mode in AUTO and Decrease VARs Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO        SRO/BOP Crew Response:
Place Voltage Regulator Mode in AUTO and Decrease VARs Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
The SRO will direct the BOP to reduce Generator MVARs to 150 +/- 10 MVARs in accordance with OP/1/A/1106/001, enclosure 4.8.
SRO        The SRO will direct the BOP to reduce Generator MVARs to 150 +/- 10 MVARs in accordance with OP/1/A/1106/001, enclosure 4.8.
OP/1/A/1106/001 Enclosure 4.8 CAUTION Do NOT exceed limits as shown on Enclosure 4.5 (Capability Curve).
OP/1/A/1106/001 Enclosure 4.8 CAUTION Do NOT exceed limits as shown on Enclosure 4.5 (Capability Curve).
NOTE Minimum of 18.05 Generator kV must be maintained.
NOTE Minimum of 18.05 Generator kV must be maintained.
Operation with leading PF is acceptable.
Operation with leading PF is acceptable.
2.1. Notify other online units of VAR change.
2.1. Notify other online units of VAR change.
2.2. Select VARS on WATT/VAR TRANSFER Switch.
SRO/BOP 2.2. Select VARS on WATT/VAR TRANSFER Switch.
2.3. Ensure MVARS are indicated on MWATT/MVAR meter.
2.3. Ensure MVARS are indicated on MWATT/MVAR meter.
2.4. IF VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE will be swapped between AUTO & MANUAL, notify System Operating Center (SOC) that VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE will be swapped.
2.4. IF VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE will be swapped between AUTO &
MANUAL, notify System Operating Center (SOC) that VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE will be swapped.
2.5. IF AUTO adjustment is required, perform the following:
2.5. IF AUTO adjustment is required, perform the following:
NOTE: VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE Ready Light (Amber light) should be ON.
NOTE:
VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE Ready Light (Amber light) should be ON.
CRD AC Power Fault 'A' and/or 'B' alarms along with CRD Global System Fault may be received during generator voltage changes.
CRD AC Power Fault 'A' and/or 'B' alarms along with CRD Global System Fault may be received during generator voltage changes.
2.5.1. Ensure VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE in AUTO.
2.5.1. Ensure VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE in AUTO.
2.5.2. Use VOLTAGE ADJUST to slowly modify Generator voltage to increase/decrease MVARS.
2.5.2. Use VOLTAGE ADJUST to slowly modify Generator voltage to increase/decrease MVARS.
2.6. IF MANUAL adjustment is required, perform the following: N/A   This event is completed when MVARs have been adjusted to 150 +/- 10 MVARs, or when directed by the lead examiner.
2.6. IF MANUAL adjustment is required, perform the following: N/A This event is completed when MVARs have been adjusted to 150 +/- 10 MVARs, or when directed by the lead examiner.
Page 2 of 44
 
Appendix D                            Required Operator Actions                          Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.:    2            Event No.:    2                        Page 1 of 4 Event


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 3 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4 Scenario No.:    2        Event No.:    2                    Page 1 of 4  Event Description
== Description:==
:  1 B2 RCP lower seal failure Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP        SRO Plant response:
1B2 RCP lower seal failure Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
1SA-06/D-5, RC PUMP 1 B2 SEAL CAVITY PRESS HI/LOW OAC Alarm RCP 1 B2 LOWER SEAL CAVITY PRESSURE HI HI OAC Alarm RCP 1 B2 UPPER SEAL CAVITY PRESSURE HI HI Crew response:
* 1SA-06/D-5, RC PUMP 1B2 SEAL CAVITY PRESS HI/LOW
Refer to the ARGs 3.1 Upper/Lower Seal Cavity Pressure High 3.1.1 Go To AP/1/A/1700/016, Abnormal RCP Operation, for limits and required action 3.2 Upper/Lower Seal Cavity Pressure Low 3.2.1 IF in Mode 1 or 2, Go To AP/1/A/1700/016, Abnormal RCP Operation, for limits and required action Refer to AP/1/A/1700/016 (Abnormal RCP Operation) 4.1 IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria), THEN perform Steps 4.2  
* OAC Alarm RCP 1B2 LOWER SEAL CAVITY PRESSURE HI HI
- 4.11. RNO: GO TO Step 4.12.
* OAC Alarm RCP 1B2 UPPER SEAL CAVITY PRESSURE HI HI Crew response:
Refer to the ARGs BOP          3.1 Upper/Lower Seal Cavity Pressure High 3.1.1 Go To AP/1/A/1700/016, Abnormal RCP Operation, for limits and required action 3.2 Upper/Lower Seal Cavity Pressure Low 3.2.1 IF in Mode 1 or 2, Go To AP/1/A/1700/016, Abnormal RCP Operation, for limits and required action Refer to AP/1/A/1700/016 (Abnormal RCP Operation) 4.1 IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP SRO                Immediate Trip Criteria), THEN perform Steps 4.2 - 4.11.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.12.
4.12 IAAT either of the following apply:
4.12 IAAT either of the following apply:
Any RCP approaching immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria)
* Any RCP approaching immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria)
It is desired to secure a RCP THEN perform Steps 4.13  
* It is desired to secure a RCP THEN perform Steps 4.13 - 4.15.
- 4.15. RNO: GO TO Step 4.16 (next page
RNO: GO TO Step 4.16 (next page)
) EXAMINER Note: It is acceptable for the SRO to take either procedure path to secure the 1 B2 RCP. Step 4.16 is on the next page.
EXAMINER Note:         It is acceptable for the SRO to take either procedure path to secure the 1B2 RCP. Step 4.16 is on the next page.
4.13 Verify Rx Power > 70%
4.13 Verify Rx Power > 70%
4.14 Initiate Encl 5.2 (Rapid Power Reduction) (see page 6) 4.15 WHEN  THEN GO TO Step 4.2 4.2 Verify MODE 1 or 2 4.3  4.4 Verify three RCPs will remain operating after affected RCP is tripped 4.5 Verify any SG on Low Level Limits RNO: GO TO Step 4.8 4.8 Verify FDW masters in Auto 4.9 Stop affected RCP 4.10 Verify ICS re
4.14 Initiate Encl 5.2 (Rapid Power Reduction) (see page 6) 4.15 WHEN Rx Power is 70%,
-C , or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
THEN GO TO Step 4.2 4.2 Verify MODE 1 or 2 4.3 Verify Rx power is 70% as indicated on all NIs 4.4 Verify three RCPs will remain operating after affected RCP is tripped 4.5 Verify any SG on Low Level Limits RNO: GO TO Step 4.8 4.8 Verify FDW masters in Auto 4.9 Stop affected RCP 4.10 Verify ICS re-ratios feed water to establish desired T C This event is complete when Rx power is reduced to  70% and the 1B2 RCP is secured, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 3 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 4 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4 Scenario No.
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.:   2             Event No.:    2                       Page 2 of 4 Event
:   2           Event No.:    2                     Page 2 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B2 RCP lower seal failure Time      Position                            Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew response:
AP/1/A/1700/016 (Abnormal RCP Operation)
SRO 4.16 Announce AP entry using the PA system 4.17 Notify OSM to request evaluation by RCP Component Engineer 4.18 IAAT the failure is identified, THEN GO TO the applicable section per the following table:
Section            Failure 4A      Seal Failure 4B      Abnormal Vibration 4C      High or Low Oil Pot Level 4D      Loss of Seal Return 4E      Abnormal RCP Temper tures AP/1/A/1700/016 Section 4A, RCP Seal Failure SRO          1. IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1, THEN perform Steps 2-11 RNO: GO TO Step 12
: 12. IAAT any of the following indicate external RCP seal leakage:
* RB RIAs increasing or in alarm
* RCS Tave constant with LDST level decreasing more than normal
* Quench Tank level rate increasing
* RB Normal Sump rate increasing
* Visual confirmation THEN initiate AP/02 (Excessive RCS Leakage)
: 13. Verify the following are open:
* 1HP-20
* 1HP-21
: 14. Verify the following is open for the affected RCP:
* 1HP-230 (1B2 RCP)
This event is complete when Rx power is reduced to  70% and the 1B2 RCP is secured, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 4 of 44


1 B2 RCP lower seal failure Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO                  SRO Crew response:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.:    2             Event No.:    2                           Page 3 of 4 Event
AP/1/A/1700/016 (Abnormal RCP Operation) 4.16 Announce AP entry using the PA system 4.17 Notify OSM to request evaluation by RCP Component Engineer 4.18 IAAT the failure is identified, THEN GO TO the applicable section per the following table:
Section Failure  4A Seal Failure 4B Abnormal Vibration 4C High or Low Oil Pot Level  4D Loss of Seal Return 4E Abnormal RCP Tempertures AP/1/A/1700/016 Section 4A, RCP Seal Failure
: 1. IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1, THEN perform Steps 2-11 RNO: GO TO Step 12 12. IAAT any of the following indicate external RCP seal leakage:
RB RIAs increasing or in alarm  RCS Tave constant with LDST level decreasing more than normal Quench Tank level rate increasing RB Normal Sump rate increasing Visual confirmation THEN initiate AP/02 (Excessive RCS Leakage)
: 13. Verify the following are open:
1HP-20  1HP-21 14. Verify the following is open for the affected RCP:  1HP-2 30 (1 B2 RCP)  , or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 5 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4 Scenario No.
:    2           Event No.:    2                     Page 3 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
1B2 RCP lower seal failure Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew response:
1 B2 RCP lower seal failure Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO                  OATC Crew response:
SRO AP/1/A/1700/016 Section 4A, RCP Seal Failure
AP/1/A/1700/016 Section 4A, RCP Seal Failure
: 15. IAAT either of the following conditions apply to an operating RCP:
: 15. IAAT either of the following conditions apply to an operating RCP:
RCS Pressure any seal > 1000 psig     THEN GO TO Step 16 to shut down the affected RCP since shut down of the RCP is desired due to a seal failure.
RCS Pressure               P across any seal
16 IAAT shut down of an RCP is desired, THEN perform Steps 17
                                            > 1000 psig                     100 psid 1000 psig                      35 psid THEN GO TO Step 16 to shut down the affected RCP since shut down of the RCP is desired due to a seal failure.
-27 17. Verify MODE 1 or 2 18. Verify three RCPs will remain operating after affected RCP is tripped
16 IAAT shut down of an RCP is desired, THEN perform Steps 17-27
: 19. all NIs RNO: 1. Direct an RO to initiate Encl 5.2 (Rapid Power Reduction)
: 17. Verify MODE 1 or 2
(next page) 2. WHEN all NIs, THEN continue this procedure
: 18. Verify three RCPs will remain operating after affected RCP is tripped
: 20. Verify any SG on Low Level Limits RNO: GO TO Step 23 23. Verify FDW masters in Auto
: 19. Verify Rx power is  70% as indicated on all NIs RNO: 1. Direct an RO to initiate Encl 5.2 (Rapid Power Reduction) (next page)
: 24. Stop affected RCP 25. Verify ICS re
OATC              2. WHEN Rx power is  70% on all NIs, THEN continue this procedure
-C 26. Initiate Encl. 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) of OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power).
: 20. Verify any SG on Low Level Limits RNO: GO TO Step 23
OP/1/A/1102/004 Encl. 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) 2.1 IF conditions permit, log the current quadrant power tilt and the position NOTE: Instructions for performing OAC trends are located in Working With Trends enclosure of OP/0/A/1103/020 A (Operator Aid Computer Use).
: 23. Verify FDW masters in Auto
Only the first 6 points will be displayed initially; press "Page Down" key to see second 6 points
: 24. Stop affected RCP
. 2.2 Using turn
: 25. Verify ICS re-ratios feedwater to establish desired T C
-on code T6 3RCP, digitally trend the following data at one minute intervals-2.3 After steady state conditions are attained, check NI calibration.
: 26. Initiate Encl. 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) of OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power).
B2 RCP is secured, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
OP/1/A/1102/004 Encl. 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) 2.1 IF conditions permit, log the current quadrant power tilt and the position of the TC controller prior to securing a RCP during power operations.
NOTE: Instructions for performing OAC trends are located in Working With Trends enclosure of OP/0/A/1103/020 A (Operator Aid Computer Use).
Only the first 6 points will be displayed initially; press "Page Down" key to see second 6 points.
2.2 Using turn-on code T6 3RCP, digitally trend the following data at one minute intervals 2.3 After steady state conditions are attained, check NI calibration.
This event is complete when Rx power is reduced to  70% and the 1B2 RCP is secured, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 5 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 6 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4 Scenario No.
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                       Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.: 2          Event No.:     2                      Page 4 of 4 Event
:   2          Event No.:   2                      Page 4 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
1B2 RCP lower seal failure Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew response:
1B2 RCP lower seal failure Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO    OATC  BOP Crew response:
AP/16 Enclosure 5.2, Rapid Power Reduction SRO
AP/16 Enclosure 5.2, Rapid Power Reduction
: 1. Verify ICS in AUTO
: 1. Verify ICS in AUTO
: 2. all NIs 3. WHEN all NIs, THEN press MAXIMUM RUNBACK to stop runback
: 2. Initiate MAXIMUM RUNBACK to  70% as indicated by all NIs
: 4. 5. Adjust CTPD SET to match CTP DEMAND
: 3. WHEN Rx Power is  70% as indicated by all NIs, THEN press MAXIMUM RUNBACK to stop runback OATC        4. Notify CR SRO that Rx Power is  70%
: 6. Stop the following pumps: __ 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP
: 5. Adjust CTPD SET to match CTP DEMAND BOP          6. Stop the following pumps:
__ 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP
__ 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP
__ 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP
: 7. 8. Notify Primary Chemistry to perform Tech Spec SR 3.4.11.2 as required
: 7. Verify Rx Power was reduced  15% within a 1 hour period
: 9. EXIT this enclosure This event is complete when Rx power is reduced to , or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
: 8. Notify Primary Chemistry to perform Tech Spec SR 3.4.11.2 as required
: 9. EXIT this enclosure This event is complete when Rx power is reduced to 70% and the 1B2 RCP is secured, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 6 of 44
 
Appendix D                            Required Operator Actions                            Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.:    2              Event No.:    3                  Page 1 of 4 Event


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 7 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:    2        Event No.:   3              Page 1 of 4  Event Description
== Description:==
Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU Degrades to Cooler Rupture (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP Plant response:
Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU Degrades to Cooler Rupture (TS)
OAC alarm O1D136 3, RBCU Fan 1 C Vib Crew response
Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
BOP will pull up the OAC alarm response guide EXAMINER NOTE: The first time this OAC alarm comes in, it will reset and clear when the alarm reset pushbutton is depressed. 3 minutes after the initial alarm, there will be another HIgh Vibration alarm. The second time it will not clear when reset.
* OAC alarm O1D1363, RBCU Fan 1C Vib Crew response:
BOOTH CUE: The first time the high vibration timer is fired , Timer 15 will automatically fire 5 seconds later to allow the Hi Vib alarm to be reset by the operator. Three minutes after the initial Hi Vib alarm, a second Hi Vib alarm will occur that cannot be reset. OAC Alarm Response for O1D136 3 (RBCU FAN 1 C VIB) 1 Depress the RBCU OAC Vibration Alarm Reset Pushbutton
SRO/BOP
. 2 If the alarm does not clear, STOP the RBCU 3 Notify Engineering for an evaluation
* BOP will pull up the OAC alarm response guide EXAMINER NOTE: The first time this OAC alarm comes in, it will reset and clear when the alarm reset pushbutton is depressed. 3 minutes after the initial alarm, there will be another HIgh Vibration alarm. The second time it will not clear when reset.
. BOOTH CUE: Using time compression, Engineering requests the crew to start the 1 B RBCU in HIGH speed in accordance with OP/
BOOTH CUE: The first time the high vibration timer is fired, Timer 15 will automatically fire 5 seconds later to allow the Hi Vib alarm to be reset by the operator. Three minutes after the initial Hi Vib alarm, a second Hi Vib alarm will occur that cannot be reset.
1/A/1104/015, Reactor Building Cooling System, Enclosure 4.3 Section 4 (Starting RBCUs) OP/1/A/1104/015, Enclosure 4.3, Section 4 NOTE: When starting RBCUs or changing LPSW flows, RB pressure will change as RB temperature changes. {8}
OAC Alarm Response for O1D1363 (RBCU FAN 1C VIB) 1     Depress the RBCU OAC Vibration Alarm Reset Pushbutton.
4.1 Verify RB pressure within limits of PT/1/A/0600/001 (Periodic Instrument Surveillance).
2     If the alarm does not clear, STOP the RBCU 3     Notify Engineering for an evaluation.
4.2 Begin monitoring RB absolute pressure. (OAC Turn On Code: 1RBPA) 4.3 IF personnel inside containment, announce over plant page that starting RBCU 1 B. NOTE: Starting RBCUs can affect the following: RBCU bearing temperatures, RBCU vibration, RBNS level, 1RIA
BOOTH CUE: Using time compression, Engineering requests the crew to start the 1B RBCU in HIGH speed in accordance with OP/1/A/1104/015, Reactor Building Cooling System, Enclosure 4.3 Section 4 (Starting RBCUs)
-47 level, RB pressure/temperature.
OP/1/A/1104/015, Enclosure 4.3, Section 4 NOTE: When starting RBCUs or changing LPSW flows, RB pressure will change as RB temperature changes. {8}
4.1   Verify RB pressure within limits of PT/1/A/0600/001 (Periodic Instrument Surveillance).
4.2   Begin monitoring RB absolute pressure. (OAC Turn On Code: 1RBPA) 4.3   IF personnel inside containment, announce over plant page that starting RBCU 1B.
NOTE: Starting RBCUs can affect the following: RBCU bearing temperatures, RBCU vibration, RBNS level, 1RIA-47 level, RB pressure/temperature.
This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 8 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:    2         Event No.:    3             Page 2 of 4 Event Description
Page 7 of 44
: Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU Degrades to Cooler Rupture (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP OP/1/A/1104/015, Enclosure 4.3, Section 4 (continued) 4.4. Place desired switch to "HIGH" or "LOW": 1A RBCU 1B RBCU 1C RBCU NOTE: When changing LPSW flows, RB pressure will change as RB temperature changes. flow requirements of SLC 16.9.12.
 
4.5 Position valves as required for RB cooling:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                     Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.:    2           Event No.:    3               Page 2 of 4 Event
1LPSW-18 (1A RBCU OUTLET) 1LPSW-21 (1B RBCU OUTLET) 1LPSW-24 (1C RBCU OUTLET)
 
== Description:==
Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU Degrades to Cooler Rupture (TS)
Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior OP/1/A/1104/015, Enclosure 4.3, Section 4 (continued)
SRO/BOP        4.4. Place desired switch to "HIGH" or "LOW":
* 1A RBCU
* 1B RBCU
* 1C RBCU NOTE:
When changing LPSW flows, RB pressure will change as RB temperature changes.
Each RBCU must have  550 gpm Inlet Flow or  750 gpm Outlet Flow to meet flow requirements of SLC 16.9.12.
4.5 Position valves as required for RB cooling:
* 1LPSW-18 (1A RBCU OUTLET)
* 1LPSW-21 (1B RBCU OUTLET)
* 1LPSW-24 (1C RBCU OUTLET)
Examiner/Booth Note: When the 1C RBCU is stopped, Timer 15 will automatically fire and insert a 1C RBCU cooler rupture. See next page for actions related to the 1C RBCU cooler rupture)
Examiner/Booth Note: When the 1C RBCU is stopped, Timer 15 will automatically fire and insert a 1C RBCU cooler rupture. See next page for actions related to the 1C RBCU cooler rupture)
This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 9 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   2         Event No.:    3             Page 3 of 4 Event
Page 8 of 44
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44    Scenario No.: 2       Event No.:    3                       Page 3 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU Degrades to Cooler Rupture (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP   
Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU Degrades to Cooler Rupture (TS)
 
Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
SRO/BOP 
* 1SA-9/D-9, LPSW RBCU C Cooler Rupture
 
* 1SA-9/A-6, RB Normal Sump Level High/Low
Plant Response:
* RB normal sump level will increase
1SA-9/D-9, LPSW RBCU C Cooler Rupture 1SA-9/A-6, RB Normal Sump Level High/Low RB normal sump level will increase 1C RBCU LPSW flow indicator indicates low on VB2 Crew Response:
* 1C RBCU LPSW flow indicator indicates low on VB2 Crew Response:
ARG for 1SA
SRO/BOP      ARG for 1SA-9/D-9 (Manual Actions) 3.1 Verify alarm is valid by checking RBCU 1C Inlet Flow and RBCU 1C delta flow.
-9/D-9 (Manual Actions) 3.1 Verify alarm is valid by checking RBCU 1C Inlet Flow and RBCU 1C delta flow.
3.2 Verify 1LPSW-24 (RBCU 1C Outlet) open 3.3 Verify adequate LPSW flow is available; check LPSW pump operation 3.3.1 Verify 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET) is open.
3.2 Verify 1LPSW
3.3.2 IF 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET) is NOT open, refer to Technical Specifications and Selected Licensee Commitments 3.4 Monitor RBNS Level for any unexplained increase 3.5 IF RBNS Level is increasing AND ES has actuated, notify Chemistry to sample RBNS for boron to determine if a cooler rupture has occurred.
-24 (RBCU 1C Outlet) open 3.3 Verify adequate LPSW flow is available; check LPSW pump operation 3.3.1 Verify 1LPSW
3.6 IF RBCU 1C Cooler rupture or line break is indicated, then:
-22 (1C RBCU INLET) is open.
NOTE: This sequence prevents having to call LPSW and Containment inoperable per SLC 16.9.12.
3.3.2 IF 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET) is NOT open, refer to Technical Specifications and Selected Licensee Commitments 3.4 Monitor RBNS Level for any unexplained increase 3.5 IF RBNS Level is increasing AND ES has actuated, notify Chemistry to sample RBNS for boron to determine if a cooler rupture has occurred.
BOOTH CUE: As BOP performs step 3.6.1, fire timer #4 to initiate PZR Level #1 failure (1HP-120 fails OPEN).
3.6 IF RBCU 1C Cooler rupture or line break is indicated, then:
SRO/BOP              3.6.1 Isolate the 1C RBCU Cooler as follows:
NOTE: This sequence prevents having to call LPSW and Containment inoperable per SLC 16.9.12.
A. Close 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET).
BOOTH CUE: As BOP performs step 3.6.1, fire timer #4 to initiate PZR Level #1 failure (1HP-120 fails OPEN)
B. Close 1LPSW-24 (RBCU 1C OUTLET). (may already be closed)
. 3.6.1 Isolate the 1C RBCU Cooler as follows:
C. Perform TS 3.6.3 Condition C (C.1 = 4 hrs & C.2 = 31 days) for closed containment system (as required).
A. Close 1LPSW
-22 (1C RBCU INLET).
B. Close 1LPSW
-24 (RBCU 1C OUTLET). (may already be closed) C. Perform TS 3.6.3 Condition C (C.1 = 4 hrs & C.2 = 31 days) for closed containment system (as required).
D. Enter TS 3.6.5 Condition B (7 days and 14 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO) for RBCU inoperable.
D. Enter TS 3.6.5 Condition B (7 days and 14 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO) for RBCU inoperable.
E. Continue to monitor RBNS level for increase.
E. Continue to monitor RBNS level for increase.
F. IF RBNS level is still increasing, notify TSC to evaluate further isolation of 1C RBCU.
F. IF RBNS level is still increasing, notify TSC to evaluate further isolation of 1C RBCU.
This event is complete when the 1 C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 10 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   2         Event No.:    3             Page 4 of 4 Event
Page 9 of 44
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44    Scenario No.: 2       Event No.:    3                       Page 4 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU Degrades to Cooler Rupture (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO SRO/BOP 
Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU Degrades to Cooler Rupture (TS)
 
Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response (cont.):
Crew Response (cont.):
EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may decide to pump the RB Normal Sump. If so, see the steps below from OP/1/A/1104/007 LWD System, Enclosure 4.1 Pumping RBNS to 6" SRO 3.6.2 Refer to Technical Specifications 3.6.3 Refer to SLC 16.9.12 OP/1/A/1104/007 Enclosure 4.1 SRO/BOP 3.1 Verify MWHUT level adequate to receive waste volume.
EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may decide to pump the RB Normal Sump. If so, see the steps below from OP/1/A/1104/007 LWD System, Enclosure 4.1  3.6.2 Refer to Technical Specifications 3.6.3 Refer to SLC 16.9.12 OP/1/A/1104/007 Enclosure 4.1 3.1   Verify MWHUT level adequate to receive waste volume.
3.2 Position the following:
3.2   Position the following:
* Ensure open 1LWD-1 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
-1 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
* Ensure open 1LWD-2 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION) 3.3 Start one or both of the following:
-2 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION) 3.3   Start one or both of the following:
* 1A RB NORM SUMP PUMP
1A RB NORM SUMP PUMP NOTE: Changes in LAWT levels may occur during pumping.
* 1B RB NORM SUMP PUMP NOTE:
* Changes in LAWT levels may occur during pumping.
RIA Alarms may be indicative of gas leakage.
RIA Alarms may be indicative of gas leakage.
If RBNS level was above 14" when pumps were started, a level increase following securing the RBNS pumps may occur. {7}
If RBNS level was above 14" when pumps were started, a level increase following securing the RBNS pumps may occur. {7}
3.4   WHEN RBNS is at desired level OR at 6" (low level alarm), ensure the following:
3.4 WHEN RBNS is at desired level OR at 6" (low level alarm), ensure the following:
3.5   IF required to close the valves, position the following:
* 1A RB NORMAL SUMP PUMP "OFF".
-1 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
* 1B RB NORMAL SUMP PUMP "OFF".
-2 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
3.5 IF required to close the valves, position the following:
EXAMINER NOTE: The SRO should identify that the inoperability of the 1C RBCU results in entry into TS 3.6.5 Condition B (7 days and 14 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO). Also, as require d, the crew may need to perform the required actions for TS 3.6.3 Condition C (C.1 = 4 hrs  
* Close 1LWD-1 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
& C.2 = 31 days)
* Close 1LWD-2 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION)
. SRO refers to SLC 16.9.12, but it is not entered because of the sequence by which step 3.6.1 above was performed
EXAMINER NOTE: The SRO should identify that the inoperability of the 1C RBCU results in entry into TS 3.6.5 Condition B (7 days and 14 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO). Also, as required, the crew may need to perform the required actions for TS 3.6.3 Condition C (C.1 = 4 hrs
. This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.
                        & C.2 = 31 days). SRO refers to SLC 16.9.12, but it is not entered because of the sequence by which step 3.6.1 above was performed.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 11 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4 Scenario No.:    2     Event No.:
This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.
4                 Page 1 of 1 Event
Page 10 of 44
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44    Scenario No.:    2       Event No.:   4                             Page 1 of 1 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
1HP-120 (RC Volume Control) Fails OPEN Time     Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
1HP-120 (RC Volume Control) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP SRO Plant Response:
* OAC alarm for O1E2175 (ICS PZR Level Setpoint) Hi
OAC alarm for O1E2175 (ICS PZR Level Setpoint) Hi PZR level will increase on all channels LDST level will decrease OAC alarms for all 4 RCP seal injection flow low 1SA-2/C-3 (Pressurizer Level HIGH/LOW) Crew Response:
* PZR level will increase on all channels
EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may notice the increase in PZR level prior to receiving statalarm 1SA
* LDST level will decrease
-2/C-3. If so , they may (IAW OMP 1
* OAC alarms for all 4 RCP seal injection flow low
-18) take manual control of 1HP
* 1SA-2/C-3 (Pressurizer Level HIGH/LOW)
-120 to restore PZR level to the desired band. If not, they will use the direction of the ARG below to restore PZR level. Either is acceptable
BOP        Crew Response:
. Alarm Response Guide 1SA-2/C-3 (Pressurizer Level HIGH/LOW)
EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may notice the increase in PZR level prior to receiving statalarm 1SA-2/C-3. If so, they may (IAW OMP 1-18) take manual control of 1HP-120 to restore PZR level to the desired band. If not, they will use the direction of the ARG below to restore PZR level. Either is SRO        acceptable.
) 3.1 Check alternate PZR level indications.
Alarm Response Guide 1SA-2/C-3 (Pressurizer Level HIGH/LOW))
3.2 Check for proper Makeup/Letdown flows and adjust to restore proper level. 3.3 Refer to the following procedures as required:
3.1 Check alternate PZR level indications.
AP/1/A/1700/002 (Excessive RCS Leakage)
3.2 Check for proper Makeup/Letdown flows and adjust to restore proper level.
AP/1/A/1700/014 (Loss of Normal HPI Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection)
3.3 Refer to the following procedures as required:
AP/1/A/1700/032 (Loss of Letdown).
* AP/1/A/1700/002 (Excessive RCS Leakage)
EXAMINER NOTE :
* AP/1/A/1700/014 (Loss of Normal HPI Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection)
Above statalarm is at 260". If action is not taken until the statalarm actuates, TS 3.4.9 Condition A would be entered with a 1 hour completion time to restore level to within limit (because this 260" indicated is equivalent to the 285" TS limit)
* AP/1/A/1700/032 (Loss of Letdown).
. 3.4 Refer to Technical Specification 3.4.9
EXAMINER NOTE : Above statalarm is at 260. If action is not taken until the statalarm actuates, TS 3.4.9 Condition A would be entered with a 1 hour completion time to restore level to within limit (because this 260 indicated is equivalent to the 285 TS limit).
. (see above examiner note) 3.5 Refer to Technical Specification 3.3.8.(N/A) 3.6 Refer to OP/1/A/1105/014 (Control Room Instrumentation Operation And Information)
3.4 Refer to Technical Specification 3.4.9. (see above examiner note) 3.5 Refer to Technical Specification 3.3.8.(N/A) 3.6 Refer to OP/1/A/1105/014 (Control Room Instrumentation Operation And Information)
This event is complete when Pressurizer Level has been restored to its normal band, or as directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when Pressurizer Level has been restored to its normal band, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 11 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 12 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:    2         Event No.:    5             Page 1 of 5 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44    Scenario No.:    2             Event No.:    5                     Page 1 of 5 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior         OATC/BOP/OATC      Plant Response
Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS)
Group 2 Rod 6 drops into the core Statalarm 1SA
Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
-2/A-10 (CRD GLOBAL TROUBLE)
* Group 2 Rod 6 drops into the core
Statalarm 1SA
* Statalarm 1SA-2/A-10 (CRD GLOBAL TROUBLE)
-2/B-10 (CRD ASYMMETRIC ROD POSITION ERROR)
* Statalarm 1SA-2/B-10 (CRD ASYMMETRIC ROD POSITION ERROR)
Statalarm 1SA
* Statalarm 1SA-2/D-9 (CRD OUT INHIBIT)
-2/D-9 (CRD OUT INHIBIT)
* Statalarm 1SA-4/C-1 (QUADRANT POWER TILT) (in at 2 minutes)
Statalarm 1SA
* Statalarm 1SA-5/A-5 (1A RPS TROUBLE)
-4/C-1 (QUADRANT POWER TILT) (in at ) Statalarm 1SA
* Statalarm 1SA-5/B-5 (1B RPS TROUBLE)
-5/A-5 (1A RPS TROUBLE)
* Statalarm 1SA-5/D-5 (1D RPS TROUBLE)
Statalarm 1SA
Crew Response:
-5/B-5 (1B RPS TROUBLE)
OATC/BOP/      Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)
Statalarm 1SA
OATC
-5/D-5 (1D RPS TROUBLE)
* OATC reports to the SRO reactor power level and direction of movement.
Crew Response
* The BOP reports expected AUTO Runback did not occur, and monitors RCS pressure and inventory and inserts Control Rods as needed.
: Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)
* The OATC will adjust FDW and/or control rods as necessary to restore reactor power to the desired control band.
OATC reports to the SRO reactor power level and direction of movement.
SRO should enter AP/1/A/1700/001 (Unit Runback)
The BOP reports expected AUTO Runback did not occur, and monitors RCS pressure and inventory and inserts Control Rods as needed.
AP/1/A/1700/001 4.1   GO TO the most limiting section per the following table:
The OATC will adjust FDW and/or control rods as necessary to restore reactor power to the desired control band. SRO should enter AP/1/A/1700/001 (Unit Runback)
Section                       Runback 4H         Asymmetric Control Rod (1%/min to 55%power)
AP/1/A/1700/001 4.1 GO TO the most limiting section per the following table:
Section 4H 1     IAAT a more limiting runback occurs, THEN GO TO Subsequent Actions Step 4.1.
Section Runback 4H Asymmetric Control Rod (1%/min to 55%power)
2     IAAT more than one control rod is dropped or misaligned 6.5% (9) from the group average, THEN trip the Rx.
Section 4H 1 IAAT a more limiting runback occurs, THEN GO TO Subsequent Actions Step 4.1.
NOTE NIs should NOT be calibrated per guidelines contained in OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) due to actual power re-distribution within the core as a result of a dropped/misaligned rod.
2 IAAT more than one control rod is dropped or misaligned from the group average, THEN trip the Rx.
3     Verify Rx is critical.
NOTE NIs should NOT be calibrated per guidelines contained in OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) due to actual power re
-distribution within the core as a result of a dropped/misaligned rod.
3 Verify Rx is critical.
: 4. Verify power > 55% when the rod was dropped or misaligned.
: 4. Verify power > 55% when the rod was dropped or misaligned.
This event is complete when has been adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when Rx Power has decreased at least 10% and FWP suction has been adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 12 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 13 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2         Event No.:    5             Page 2 of 5 Event
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:     2               Event No.:    5                   Page 2 of 5 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC       
Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS)
 
Time       Position                                 Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Section 4H (continued)
SRO AP/1/A/1700/001 Section 4H (continued)
EXAMINER NOTE: Malfunction set to fail Auto runback. Candidate will proceed to RNO 5     Verify Rx runback to 55% core thermal power in progress.
EXAMINER NOTE: Malfunction set to fail Auto runback. Candidate will proceed to RNO 5 Verify Rx runback to 55% core thermal power in progress.
SRO/OATC
CTPD set at 55%
* CTPD set at 55%
ASYMETRIC RODS Runback Light lit CTP Demand decreasing Reactor power will decrease when the runback catches up with the initial power decrease from the dropped rod.
* ASYMETRIC RODS Runback Light lit
RNO: 1. Initiate power reduction to  2. IF control rods will not insert manually, THEN perform the following:
* CTP Demand decreasing
* Reactor power will decrease when the runback catches up with the initial power decrease from the dropped rod.
RNO: 1. Initiate power reduction to  55% core thermal power at  1%/min.
: 2. IF control rods will not insert manually, THEN perform the following:
A. Trip reactor.
A. Trip reactor.
B. GO TO Unit 1 EOP.
B. GO TO Unit 1 EOP.
6 Initiate Encl 5.1 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown).
6     Initiate Encl 5.1 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown). (see page 15)
(see page 1 5) NOTE The following actions should be performed as quickly as possible due to the complexity of resetting RPS trip setpoints and Tech Spec time limits.
NOTE The following actions should be performed as quickly as possible due to the complexity of resetting RPS trip setpoints and Tech Spec time limits.
7 Notify SPOC to perform the following:
7     Notify SPOC to perform the following:
Investigate cause of dropped or misaligned control rod.
* Investigate cause of dropped or misaligned control rod.
Prepare to reduce the following trip setpoints:
* Prepare to reduce the following trip setpoints:
o RPS Flux/Flow
o RPS Flux/Flow-Imbalance o RPS High Flux 8     Notify the OSM to ensure the requirements of the following Tech Specs SRO are met:
-Imbalanc e o RPS High Flux 8 Notify the OSM to ensure the requirements of the following Tech Specs are met: TS 3.1.4 (Control Rod Group Alignment Limits)
* TS 3.1.4 (Control Rod Group Alignment Limits)
TS 3.1.5 (Safety Rod Position Limits)
* TS 3.1.5 (Safety Rod Position Limits)
TS 3.2.3 (Quadrant Power Tilt)
* TS 3.2.3 (Quadrant Power Tilt)
Booth Cue: When OSM is contacted, inform the team that the OSM is occupied on Unit 3 and cannot verify TS requirements at this time.
Booth Cue: When OSM is contacted, inform the team that the OSM is occupied on Unit 3 and cannot verify TS requirements at this time.
adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when Rx Power has decreased at least 10% and FWP suction has been adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 13 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 14 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:    2         Event No.:    5             Page 3 of 5 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:    2           Event No.:    5                     Page 3 of 5 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/BOP AP/1/A/1700/001 Section 4H (continued) 9 Notify OSM to make notifications as required per OMP 1
Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS)
-14 (Notifications).
Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Section 4H (continued)
10 Verify > 1% SDM with allowance for the inoperable control rod per PT/1/A/1103/015 (Enclosure 13.18, Reactivity Balance Calculation) within one hour.
SRO/OATC/        9     Notify OSM to make notifications as required per OMP 1-14 BOP                (Notifications).
11 Reduce core thermal powe r number of RCPs operating, within two hours
10   Verify > 1% SDM with allowance for the inoperable control rod per PT/1/A/1103/015 (Enclosure 13.18, Reactivity Balance Calculation) within one hour.
: RCPs Allowable Thermal Power (% FP) 3 45 4 60 NOTE: The following ensures adequate margin in preparation for resetting RPS trip setpoints.
11   Reduce core thermal power the follow ing lim its, based on the number of RCPs operating, within two hours:
12 IAAT the power decrease is complete, AND any NI is > the following:
RCPs         Allowable Thermal Power (% FP) 3                         45 4                         60 NOTE:
RCPs Maximum NI Power (% FP) 3 40 4 55 THEN the operating RCP combination per Encl 5.4 (Power Reduction).
The following ensures adequate margin in preparation for resetting RPS trip setpoints.
This event is complete when Rx Power adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.
12   IAAT the power decrease is complete, AND any NI is > the following:
RCPs             Maximum NI Power (% FP) 3                         40 4                         55 THEN reduce power until all NIs are  the Maximum NI Power limit for the operating RCP combination per Encl 5.4 (Power Reduction).
This event is complete when Rx Power has decreased at least 10% and FWP suction has been adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 14 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 15 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2         Event No.:    5             Page 4 of 5 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:   2             Event No.:    5                 Page 4 of 5 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/0 01 Enclosure 5.1 1 IAAT SRO determines all appropriate actions have been taken, AND the runback is complete, THEN EXIT this Enclosure.
Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS)
2 Notify the WCC SRO to initiate Enclosure 5.2 (WCC SRO Support During Unit Runback; EXAMINER NOTE: This scenario begins at 75% so steps 3 &4 have already been accomplished.
Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Enclosure 5.1 1   IAAT SRO determines all appropriate actions have been taken, SRO/BOP AND the runback is complete, THEN EXIT this Enclosure.
3 Start the following pumps:
2   Notify the WCC SRO to initiate Enclosure 5.2 (WCC SRO Support During Unit Runback; EXAMINER NOTE: This scenario begins at 75% so steps 3 &4 have already been accomplished.
1A FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP 1A FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP 1B FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP 1B FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP.
3   Start the following pumps:
4 WHEN CTP is THEN stop the following pumps 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP 5 WHEN CTP THEN continue this Enclosure.
* 1A FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP
6 Place the following in MANUAL and close:
* 1A FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP
1FDW-53 1FDW-65 NOTE: 1B FDWP is the preferred pump to shut down first.
* 1B FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP
7 Verify both Main FDWPs operating.
* 1B FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP.
8 Verify 1B FDWP to be shut down first.
4   WHEN CTP is             80% ,
9 Adjust the FWP bias counter
THEN stop the following pumps
-clockwise to lower 1B FWP suction flow 6 lb/hr < 1A FWP suction flow.
* 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP
10 GO TO Step 12. This event is adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.
* 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP 5   WHEN CTP             65% ,
THEN continue this Enclosure.
6   Place the following in MANUAL and close:
* 1FDW-53
* 1FDW-65 NOTE:
1B FDWP is the preferred pump to shut down first.
7   Verify both Main FDWPs operating.
8   Verify 1B FDWP to be shut down first.
9   Adjust the FWP bias counter-clockwise to lower 1B FWP suction flow 1 x 106 lb/hr < 1A FWP suction flow.
10   GO TO Step 12.
This event is complete when Rx Power has decreased at least 10% and FWP suction has been adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 15 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 16 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2         Event No.:    5             Page 5 of 5 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:   2             Event No.:    5                     Page 5 of 5 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/0 01 Enclosure 5.1 (continued) 12 IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:
Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS)
1B Main FDW pump is first pump to be shut down Any of the following alarms occur:
Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Enclosure 5.1 (continued)
o 1SA-16/A-3 (FWP B FLOW MINIMUM) o 1SA-16/A-4 (FWP B FLOW BELOW MIN), THEN trip 1B Main FDW Pump.
SRO/BOP        12   IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:
13 IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:
* 1B Main FDW pump is first pump to be shut down
1A Main FDW pump is first pump to be shut dow n  Any of the following alarms occur:
* Any of the following alarms occur:
o 1SA-16/A-1 (FWP A FLOW MINIMUM) o 1SA-16/A-2 (FWP A FLOW BELOW MIN), THEN trip 1A Main FDW Pump.
o 1SA-16/A-3 (FWP B FLOW MINIMUM) o 1SA-16/A-4 (FWP B FLOW BELOW MIN),
14 IAAT the operating FDWP suction flow < 1.5 x 10 6 lb/hr, THEN slowly throttle the associated recirc control valve to establish 2300 - 6000 gpm total Condensate flow:
THEN trip 1B Main FDW Pump.
1FDW-53 1FDW-65 15 Maintain Pzr level between 220"- 250". EXAMINER NOTE: The SRO should refer to Tech Specs and make the following determinations:
13   IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:
TS 3.1.4 (Control Rod Group Alignment Limits), Condition A applies.
* 1A Main FDW pump is first pump to be shut down
TS 3.1.5 (Safety Rod Position Limits), Condition A applies (Safety rods are in Groups 1  
* Any of the following alarms occur:
- 4) TS 3.2.3 (Quadrant Power Tilt), Condition A applies (due to misaligned control rod)
o 1SA-16/A-1 (FWP A FLOW MINIMUM) o 1SA-16/A-2 (FWP A FLOW BELOW MIN),
(If the highest Incore QPT exceeds +7.11 then Condition B would appl y) adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.
THEN trip 1A Main FDW Pump.
14   IAAT the operating FDWP suction flow < 1.5 x 106 lb/hr, THEN slowly throttle the associated recirc control valve to establish 2300 - 6000 gpm total Condensate flow:
* 1FDW-53
* 1FDW-65 15   Maintain Pzr level between 220   - 250.
EXAMINER NOTE: The SRO should refer to Tech Specs and make the following determinations:
* TS 3.1.4 (Control Rod Group Alignment Limits), Condition A applies.
* TS 3.1.5 (Safety Rod Position Limits), Condition A applies (Safety rods are in Groups 1 - 4)
* TS 3.2.3 (Quadrant Power Tilt), Condition A applies (due to misaligned control rod) (If the highest Incore QPT exceeds +7.11 then Condition B would apply)
This event is complete when Rx Power has decreased at least 10% and FWP suction has been adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 16 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 17 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:    2       Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:    2             Event No.:   6                     Page 1 of 1 Event
6         Page 1 of 1 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1TB 6900v lockout trips 2nd RCP (1A2) requiring manual Rx trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC                BOP    Plant Response:
1TB 6900v lockout trips 2nd RCP (1A2) requiring manual Rx trip Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
1TB lockout will occur. This will cause a loss of 6900V power to the 1A2 and 1B2 RCP (1B2 already tripped). RPS alarms will occur indicating that the Reactor should have tripped, but it will remain at power.
1TB lockout will occur. This will cause a loss of 6900V power to the 1A2 and 1B2 RCP (1B2 already tripped). RPS alarms will occur indicating that the Reactor should have tripped, but it will remain at power.
Crew Response
Crew Response:
Recognizes the reactor should have tripped (< 3 RCP's operating with Reactor power >2%.
Recognizes the reactor should have tripped (< 3 RCPs operating with OATC Reactor power >2%. (OMP 1-18 Att. A), therefore manually trips the Reactor and then perform Immediate Manual Actions of the EOP.
(OMP 1-18 Att. A), therefore manually trips the Reactor and then perform Immediate Manual Actions of the EOP.
3.1 Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.
3.1 Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.
3.2 Verify reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing.
3.2 Verify reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing.
Line 879: Line 1,086:
3.5 Verify RCP seal injection available.
3.5 Verify RCP seal injection available.
EXAMINER NOTE: The steam line break is automatically fired when the rods hit the bottom from the manual Rx trip. With an Excessive Heat Transfer in progress the SRO should not get an opportunity to take any of the Subsequent actions in the SA Tab.
EXAMINER NOTE: The steam line break is automatically fired when the rods hit the bottom from the manual Rx trip. With an Excessive Heat Transfer in progress the SRO should not get an opportunity to take any of the Subsequent actions in the SA Tab.
The BOP will perform a symptom check. See Event #
BOP
7 (next page) for expected results of symptom check.
* The BOP will perform a symptom check. See Event #7 (next page) for expected results of symptom check.
This event is complete when an operator has manually tripped the Reactor and the IMAs have been performed, or as directed by the lead examiner.
This event is complete when an operator has manually tripped the Reactor and the IMAs have been performed, or as directed by the lead examiner.
Page 17 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 18 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:       2           Event No.:   7             Page 1 of 15 Event
7 Page 1 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time     Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
* 1SA-1/A-1, B-1, C-1, D-1, RP Channel Trip
* 1SA-2/D-3, RC Press High/Low
* 1SA-02/A-9 (MS PRESS HIGH/LOW)
* ES Channels 1& 2 will actuate Crew response:
BOP will perform a Symptoms Check (per OMP 1-18 Attachment C)
SROBOP
* Reactivity Control o Power Range NIs < 5% and decreasing
* ICC/Loss of Subcooling Margin (SCM) o If any SCM  0&deg;F, perform Rule 2
* Loss of Heat Transfer (LOHT) o Loss of Main and Emergency FDW (including unsuccessful manual initiation of EFDW)
* Excessive Heat Transfer (EHT) o Uncontrolled Main Steam Line(s) pressure decrease
* Steam Generator Tube Rupture o CSAE off-gas alarms, process RIAs (RIA-40, 59, 60), area RIAs (RIA-16/17)
OATC/BOP      Perform Rule #5 (Main Steam Line Break) after receiving concurrence from the SRO (details on page 22)
If SCM reaches 0&deg;F at the beginning of the MSLB, Rule #2 will be performed (details on page 19)
SRO will direct performance of EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (details begin on page 27)
SRO refers to Parallel Actions page of the Subsequent Actions Tab and
* if SCM > 0&deg;F transfers to the Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (page 31)
* if SCM = 0&deg;F transfers to LOSCM tab (page 30)
The SRO will direct an RO to make a PA announcement and notify the OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and NSD-202 This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 18 of 44


SROBOP          OATC/BOP Plant response:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:   2           Event No.:     7             Page 2 of 15 Event
1SA-1/A-1, B-1, C-1, D-1,  RP Channel Trip 1SA-2/D-3, RC Press High/Low 1 SA-02/A-9 (MS PRESS HIGH/LOW)
ES Channels 1
& 2 will actuate Crew response
: BOP will perform a Symptoms Check (per OMP 1
-18 Attachment C)
Reactivity Control o Power Range NIs  < 5% and decreasing ICC/Loss of Subcooling Margin (SCM) o  Loss of Heat Transfer (LOHT) o Loss of Main and Emergency FDW (including unsuccessful manual initiation of EFDW)
Excessive Heat Transfer (EHT) o Uncontrolled Main Steam Line(s) pressure decrease Steam Generator Tube Rupture o CSAE off-gas alarms, process RIAs (RIA
-40, 59, 60), area RIAs (RIA
-16/17) Perform Rule #5 (Main Steam Line Break) after receiving concurrence from the SRO (details on page 22) If SCM reaches 0 at the beginning of the MSLB , Rule #2 will be performed (details on page
: 19) SRO will direct performance of EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (details begin on page 27) SRO refers to "Parallel Actions" page of the Subsequent Actions Tab and if SCM > 0  transfers to the Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (page 31)  if SCM = 0 transfers to LOSCM tab (page 30) The SRO will direct an RO to make a PA announcement and notify the OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and NSD
-202  This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
 
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 19 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
7 Page 2 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP                    
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Rule 2 OATC/BOP
 
: 1. IAAT all exist:
EOP Rule 2
* Any SCM  0&deg;F
: 1. IAAT all exist:  Any      THEN perform Steps 2 and 3
* Rx power 1%
* 2 minutes elapsed since loss of SCM THEN perform Steps 2 and 3
: 2. Stop all RCPs (CT-1) (Within 2 minutes of LOSCM)
: 2. Stop all RCPs (CT-1) (Within 2 minutes of LOSCM)
: 3. Notify CR SRO of RCP status
: 3. Notify CR SRO of RCP status
: 4. Verify Blackout exists RNO: GO TO Step 6 6. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP
: 4. Verify Blackout exists RNO: GO TO Step 6
-25 7. Start all available HPI pumps 8. GO TO Step 13 13. Open 1HP-26 and 1HP
: 6. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP-25
-27 14. Verify at least two HPI pumps are operating using two diverse indications
: 7. Start all available HPI pumps
: 15. IAAT  2 HPI pumps operating, AND HPI flow in any header is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1 THEN perform Steps 16  
: 8. GO TO Step 13
- 21. RNO: GO TO Step 17 17. IAAT flow limits are exceeded THEN perform Steps 18
: 13. Open 1HP-26 and 1HP-27
- 20 RNO:  GO TO Step 21  This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Pump Operation Limit 1 HPI pump/hdr 475 gpm (incl. seal injection for A hdr) 1A & 1B HPI pumps operating with 1HP-409 open Total flow of 950 gpm (incl. seal injection)
: 14. Verify at least two HPI pumps are operating using two diverse indications
: 15. IAAT  2 HPI pumps operating, AND HPI flow in any header is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1 THEN perform Steps 16 - 21.
RNO: GO TO Step 17
: 17. IAAT flow limits are exceeded Pump Operation               Limit 1 HPI pump/hdr       475 gpm (incl. seal injection for A hdr) 1A & 1B HPI         Total flow of 950 pumps operating      gpm (incl. seal with 1HP-409        injection) open THEN perform Steps 18 - 20 RNO: GO TO Step 21 This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 19 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 20 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:   2           Event No.:   7               Page 3 of 15 Event
7 Page 3 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP  Rule 2 (cont.)
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2 (cont.)
: 21. Notify CR SRO of HPI status.
OATC/BOP          21. Notify CR SRO of HPI status.
: 22. Verify RCS pressure > 550 psig.
: 22. Verify RCS pressure > 550 psig.
: 23. IAAT either exists: LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B  3400 gpm Only one LPI header in operation with header flow  2900 gpm THEN GO TO Step 24         RNO: GO TO Step 35 35. IAAT TBV's are unavailable, THEN A Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)
: 23. IAAT either exists:
B Notify CR SRO the ADVs are being aligned for use. 36. Verify 1SA
* LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B  3400 gpm
-2/C-8 (AFIS HEADER A INITIATED) lit.
* Only one LPI header in operation with header flow  2900 gpm THEN GO TO Step 24 RNO:     GO TO Step 35
RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.
: 35. IAAT TBV's are unavailable, THEN A Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)
: 37. Verify 1SA
B Notify CR SRO the ADVs are being aligned for use.
-2/D-8 (AFIS HEADER B INITIATED) lit.
: 36. Verify 1SA-2/C-8 (AFIS HEADER A INITIATED) lit.
RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B.
RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.
: 37. Verify 1SA-2/D-8 (AFIS HEADER B INITIATED) lit.
RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B.
: 38. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 38. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 39. Start MD EFDW pumps on all intact SGs:
: 39. Start MD EFDW pumps on all intact SGs:
1A MD EFDWP
* 1A MD EFDWP
: 40. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 40. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 41. Verify both SGs intact RNO: Establish 450 gpm EFDW flow to the intact SG GO TO step 43 43. Verify both MD EFDWPs operating.
: 41. Verify both SGs intact RNO: Establish 450 gpm EFDW flow to the intact SG GO TO step 43
: 43. Verify both MD EFDWPs operating.
RNO: If 1 TDEFWP is operating, OR NO Main FDW Pumps are operating THEN GO TO step 45.
RNO: If 1 TDEFWP is operating, OR NO Main FDW Pumps are operating THEN GO TO step 45.
: 45. Trip both Main FDW pumps.
: 45. Trip both Main FDW pumps.
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 20 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 21 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:     2           Event No.:   7               Page 4 of 15 Event
7 Page 4 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP  Rule 2 (cont.)
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2 (cont.)
: 46. Place FDW block valve switches in CLOSE:
OATC/BOP          46. Place FDW block valve switches in CLOSE:
1FDW-33 1FDW-31 1FDW-42 1FDW-40 NOTE SG levels must continue to increase until SG Lvl Control Point is reached.
* 1FDW-33
* 1FDW-31
* 1FDW-42
* 1FDW-40 NOTE SG levels must continue to increase until SG Lvl Control Point is reached.
If Main FDW is feeding any SG, Rule 7 provides a different SG Level Control Point.
If Main FDW is feeding any SG, Rule 7 provides a different SG Level Control Point.
TS cooldown rates are  50F/1/2 hr when Tcold > 280 F and  25F/1/2 hr when Tcold 280 F. 47. Begin feeding all intact SGs to the appropriate SG Level Control Point in Rule 7 (SG Feed Control) using available feed sources;
TS cooldown rates are  50&deg;F/1/2 hr when T cold > 280&deg;F and  25&deg;F/1/2 hr when T cold 280&deg;F.
: 47. Begin feeding all intact SGs to the appropriate SG Level Control Point in Rule 7 (SG Feed Control) using available feed sources;
: 48. IAAT SG Level Control Point is reached, Then maintain SG Level Control Point by feeding and steaming as necessary.
: 48. IAAT SG Level Control Point is reached, Then maintain SG Level Control Point by feeding and steaming as necessary.
: 49. Notify CR SRO of SG feed status.
: 49. Notify CR SRO of SG feed status.
CAUTION If 1 TD EFDW PUMP is being used for SG feed and Unit 1 is supplying the in reduced pumping capability.
CAUTION If 1 TD EFDW PUMP is being used for SG feed and Unit 1 is supplying the Auxiliary Steam header, reducing SG pressure below  250 psig can result in reduced pumping capability.
: 50. IAAT SG pressure is > RCS pressure, THEN reduce SG pressure < RCS pressure using either:
: 50. IAAT SG pressure is > RCS pressure, THEN reduce SG pressure < RCS pressure using either:
TBVs Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (operation of the ADVs)
* TBVs
* Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (operation of the ADVs)
: 51. Verify any Main FDW pump operating.
: 51. Verify any Main FDW pump operating.
RNO: GO TO Step 58. 58. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete. 59. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule.
RNO: GO TO Step 58.
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
: 58. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete.
: 59. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule.
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 21 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 22 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.:    2       Event No.:
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.:    2             Event No.:   7               Page 5 of 15 Event
7 Page 5 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP         EOP Rule 5
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time     Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Rule 5 OATC/BOP
: 1. Perform the following on affected headers: EXAMINER NOTE: AFIS did not auto actuate because a malfunction is preventing it, but the manual initiation below does work.
: 1. Perform the following on affected headers:
Initiate AFIS 1B SG Digital Channels 1 and 2 (CT-17) Select OFF for 1B MDEFDW Pump EXAMINER NOTE:
EXAMINER NOTE: AFIS did not auto actuate because a malfunction is preventing it, but the manual initiation below does work.
Overcooling must be stopped prior to violating NDT limits. The critical task is to stop feeding the affected SG.
* Initiate AFIS 1B SG Digital Channels 1 and 2 (CT-17)
Trip both Main FDW pumps Close 1FDW
* Select OFF for 1B MDEFDW Pump EXAMINER NOTE: Overcooling must be stopped prior to violating NDT limits. The critical task is to stop feeding the affected SG.
-316, 1FDW-42, and 1FDW
* Trip both Main FDW pumps
-40 EXAMINER NOTE: TD EFDW Pump tripped by AFIS and 1A MD EFDW P did not start and will not manually start.
* Close 1FDW-316, 1FDW-42, and 1FDW-40 EXAMINER NOTE: TD EFDW Pump tripped by AFIS and 1A MD EFDWP did not start and will not manually start.
: 2. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
: 2. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
RNO: 1. IF MD EFDWP for the intact SG is operating, THEN GO TO Step 5 2. Start 1 TD EFDW Pump
RNO: 1. IF MD EFDWP for the intact SG is operating, THEN GO TO Step 5
: 3. Verify 1 TD EFDW Pump is feeding affected SG. RNO: GO TO Step 5 5. Verify 1B SG is an affected SG. 6. Open 1AS-40 while closing 1MS
: 2. Start 1 TD EFDW Pump
-47. 7. WHEN overcooling is stopped, THEN adjust steaming of unaffected SG to maintain CETCs constant using either: TBVs Send two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADV's)
: 3. Verify 1 TD EFDW Pump is feeding affected SG.
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
RNO: GO TO Step 5
: 5. Verify 1B SG is an affected SG.
: 6. Open 1AS-40 while closing 1MS-47.
: 7. WHEN overcooling is stopped, THEN adjust steaming of unaffected SG to maintain CETCs constant using either:
* TBVs
* Send two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 22 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 23 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.:   2             Event No.:   7             Page 6 of 15 Event
7 Page 6 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior   OATC/BOP          EOP Rule 5 (continued)
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time     Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Rule 5 (continued)
CAUTION Thermal shock conditions may develop if HPI is NOT throttled and RCS pressure NOT controlled.
OATC/BOP CAUTION Thermal shock conditions may develop if HPI is NOT throttled and RCS pressure NOT controlled.
: 8. WHEN all of the following exist:
: 8. WHEN all of the following exist:
Pzr Level increasing
* Core SCM >0&deg; F
, THEN continue 9. Verify ES HPI actuated
* Rx Pwr  1%
* Pzr Level increasing, THEN continue
: 9. Verify ES HPI actuated
: 10. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS
: 10. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS
: 11. Place ES CH 1 and ES CH 2 in MANUAL
: 11. Place ES CH 1 and ES CH 2 in MANUAL
: 12. Perform the following to stabilize RCS P/T:
: 12. Perform the following to stabilize RCS P/T:
Throttle HPI Reduce 1HP
* Throttle HPI
-120 setpoint to > 100" (180" ACC)
* Reduce 1HP-120 setpoint to > 100 (180 ACC)
Adjust steaming of unaffected SG (1B SG) to maintain CETCs constant 13. WHEN CETCs have stabilized, THEN resume use of T C for RCS temperature control
* Adjust steaming of unaffected SG (1B SG) to maintain CETCs constant
: 14. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete (see next page
: 13. WHEN CETCs have stabilized, THEN resume use of TC for RCS temperature control
) 15. Ensure Rule 8 (Pressurized Thermal Shock (PTS)) is in progress or complete (see page 2
: 14. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete (see next page)
: 6) 16. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
: 15. Ensure Rule 8 (Pressurized Thermal Shock (PTS)) is in progress or complete (see page 26)
: 16. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 23 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 24 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:   2           Event No.:   7             Page 7 of 15 Event
7 Page 7 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP EOP Rule 3 (as directed by Rule 5)
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Rule 3 (as directed by Rule 5)
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding.
OATC/BOP        1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding.
RNO: GO TO Step 3 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency), AND any of the following exist:
RNO: GO TO Step 3
RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit Pzr THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).
: 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency),
AND any of the following exist:
* RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
* Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps as required to feed all intact SGs
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps as required to feed all intact SGs
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 6. GO TO Step 37. 37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38
: 6. GO TO Step 37.
-42. RNO: GO TO Step 43  RNO:   IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Feed Control), THEN throttle EFDW, as necessary.
: 37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38-42.
: 44. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation).
RNO: GO TO Step 43
(see next page)
: 43. Verify any SCM 0&deg;F.
: 45. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule.
RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Feed Control),
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
THEN throttle EFDW, as necessary.
: 44. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation). (see next page)
: 45. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule.
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 24 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 25 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:       2           Event No.:   7               Page 8 of 15 Event
7 Page 8 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) as directed by Rule 3
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP       Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) as directed by Rule 3
: 1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
: 1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
: 2. IAAT UST level is < 4', THEN GO TO Step 120 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform Steps 4
: 2. IAAT UST level is < 4',
-7 RNO: GO TO Step 8 8. Perform the following as required to maintain UST level > 7.5':
THEN GO TO Step 120
Makeup with demin water.
: 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform Steps 4-7 RNO: GO TO Step 8
Place CST pumps in AUTO.
: 8. Perform the following as required to maintain UST level > 7.5':
* Makeup with demin water.
* Place CST pumps in AUTO.
: 9. IAAT all the following exist:
: 9. IAAT all the following exist:
Rapid cooldown NOT in progress MD EFDWP operating for each available SG EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK.
* Rapid cooldown NOT in progress
* MD EFDWP operating for each available SG
* EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK.
: 10. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
: 10. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
: 11. Start TD EFDWP BEARING OIL COOLING PUMP. NOTE Loss of the condensate system for  25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C
: 11. Start TD EFDWP BEARING OIL COOLING PUMP.
-10 is 10% open.
NOTE
If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
* Loss of the condensate system for  25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C-10 is 10% open.
* If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
: 12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities.
: 12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities.
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 25 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 26 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:     2           Event No.:   7                 Page 9 of 15 Event
7 Page 9 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP Rule 8 (as directed by Rule 5)
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP       Rule 8 (as directed by Rule 5)
EXAMINER NOTE: Neither of the criteria in the note below are met so no actions are required in Rule 8. If the crew pulls Rule 8 as directed by Rule 5, they should immediately EXIT back out based on the note at the beginning.
EXAMINER NOTE: Neither of the criteria in the note below are met so no actions are required in Rule 8. If the crew pulls Rule 8 as directed by Rule 5, they should immediately EXIT back out based on the note at the beginning.
NOTE This rule is invoked under either of the following conditions:
NOTE This rule is invoked under either of the following conditions:
A cooldown below 400 F T c at > 100 F/hr has occurred.
* A cooldown below 400&deg;F T c at > 100 &deg;F/hr has occurred.
HPI has injected through an open or throttled open 1HP
* HPI has injected through an open or throttled open 1HP-26, 27, 409, 410 with all RCPs OFF.
-26, 27, 409, 410 with all RCPs OFF. SCM must be minimized. The following methods may be used at the discretion of the CR SRO:
* SCM must be minimized. The following methods may be used at the discretion of the CR SRO:
Throttling HPI per Rule 6 (HPI)
* Throttling HPI per Rule 6 (HPI)
De-energizing Pzr heaters Using Pzr normal spray Using Pzr aux spray Using PORV Throttling LPI {22} Once RCS temperature is stable, a 1
* De-energizing Pzr heaters
-hour hold of RCS temperature must be performed unless a LOCA or SGTR is in progress. Use T c in loop with an operating RCP or use CETCs if NO RCPs are operating.
* Using Pzr normal spray
Once invoked, SCM shall remain minimized until Engineering has performed an evaluation and determined that PTS restrictions NO longer apply. Starting RCPs and/or restoring cool down rates to normal values do NOT negate the need for this evaluation.
* Using Pzr aux spray
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
* Using PORV
* Throttling LPI   {22}
* Once RCS temperature is stable, a 1-hour hold of RCS temperature must be performed unless a LOCA or SGTR is in progress. Use T c in loop with an operating RCP or use CETCs if NO RCPs are operating.
* Once invoked, SCM shall remain minimized until Engineering has performed an evaluation and determined that PTS restrictions NO longer apply. Starting RCPs and/or restoring cool down rates to normal values do NOT negate the need for this evaluation.
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 26 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 27 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:    2       Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:    2             Event No.:   7               Page 10 of 15 Event
7 Page 10 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation)
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation)
: 1. Determine all ES channels that should have actuated based on RCS pressure and RB pressure. RCS 1600 psig: Channels 1, 2
OATC/BOP
: 2. Verify all ES digital channels associated with actuation setpoints have actuated. 3. IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded, THEN perform Steps 1
: 1. Determine all ES channels that should have actuated based on RCS pressure and RB pressure.
-2. 4. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS
* RCS 1600 psig: Channels 1, 2
: 2. Verify all ES digital channels associated with actuation setpoints have actuated.
: 3. IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded, THEN perform Steps 1-2.
: 4. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS
: 5. Place ES CH 1 and ES CH 2 in MANUAL
: 5. Place ES CH 1 and ES CH 2 in MANUAL
: 6. Verify Rule 2 in progress or complete.
: 6. Verify Rule 2 in progress or complete.
RNO: GO TO Step 73 73. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP
RNO: GO TO Step 73
-25 74. Ensure at least two HPI pumps are operating
: 73. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP-25
: 75. Verify 1HP
: 74. Ensure at least two HPI pumps are operating
-26 and 1HP
: 75. Verify 1HP-26 and 1HP-27 are open NOTE TO EXAMINER: Conditions not met to require opening 1HP-410 or 1HP-409. No operator action required at this time by step 76.
-27 are open NOTE TO EXAMINER: Conditions not met to require opening 1HP
: 76. IAAT at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND HPI flow in any header that has NOT been intentionally throttled is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1, THEN open the following in the affected header:
-410 or 1HP-409. No operator action required at this time by step 76.
1A Header             1B Header 1HP-410               1HP-409
: 76. IAAT at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND HPI flow in any header that has NOT been intentionally throttled is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1, THEN open the following in the affected header: 1 A Header 1B Header 1HP-410 1HP-409 77. Verify any RCP operating
: 77. Verify any RCP operating
: 78. Open 1HP-20 and 1HP
: 78. Open 1HP-20 and 1HP-21
-21 79. IAAT all exist: Voter associated with ES channel is in OVERRIDE An ES channel is manually actuated Components on that channel required manipulation THEN depress RESET on the required channel This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
: 79. IAAT all exist:
* Voter associated with ES channel is in OVERRIDE
* An ES channel is manually actuated
* Components on that channel required manipulation THEN depress RESET on the required channel This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 27 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 28 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:   2             Event No.:   7               Page 11 of 15 Event
7 Page 11 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP                   
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued)
 
OATC/BOP
EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation)
: 80. IAAT any RCP is operating, AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate, THEN perform Steps 81 - 84 RNO: GO TO Step 85
(continued)
: 85. IAAT ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated, THEN GO TO Step 86 RNO: GO TO Step 123.
: 80. IAAT any RCP is operating, AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate, THEN perform Steps 81  
123. Start A & B Outside Air Booster Fans.
- 84 RNO: GO TO Step 85 85. IAAT ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated, THEN GO TO Step 86 RNO: GO TO Step 123. 123. Start A & B Outside Air Booster Fans.
124. Notify Unit 3 to Start 3A & 3B Outside Air Booster Fans.
124. Notify Unit 3 to Start 3A & 3B Outside Air Booster Fans.
125. Verify open 1CF
125. Verify open 1CF-1 and 1CF-2.
-1 and 1CF-2. 126. Verify 1HP
126. Verify 1HP-410 closed.
-410 closed.
127. Secure makeup to the LDST.
127. Secure makeup to the LDST.
128. Verify all ES channel 1 & 2 components are in the ES position.
128. Verify all ES channel 1 & 2 components are in the ES position.
129. Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped.
129. Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped.
RNO: GO TO Step 132 132. Close 1LPSW
RNO: GO TO Step 132 132. Close 1LPSW-139.
-139. 133. Place in FAIL OPEN:
133. Place in FAIL OPEN:
1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH 134. Start all available LPSW pumps.
* 1LPSW-251 FAIL SWITCH
1 35. Verify either: Three LPSW pumps operating Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable 1 36. Open 1LPSW
* 1LPSW-252 FAIL SWITCH 134. Start all available LPSW pumps.
-4 and 1LPSW
135. Verify either:
-5 137. IAAT BWST level  19', THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).
* Three LPSW pumps operating
* Two LPSW pumps operating when Tech Specs only requires two operable 136. Open 1LPSW-4 and 1LPSW-5 137. IAAT BWST level  19',
THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).
138. Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service).
138. Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service).
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 28 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 29 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:   2           Event No.:   7             Page 12 of 15 Event
7 Page 12 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP                   
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued)
 
OATC/BOP 139. Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1-1 open.
EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued) 139. Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1
140. Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
-1 open. 140. Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.
141. IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
141. IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).
142. WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT. This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
142. WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT.
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 29 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 30 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:   2           Event No.:   7             Page 13 of 15 Event
7 Page 13 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO                   
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP LOSCM tab SRO The SRO will direct an RO to make a PA announcement and notify the OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and NSD-202
 
: 1. Ensure Rule 2 in progress or complete
EOP LOSCM tab The SRO will direct an RO to make a PA announcement and notify the OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and NSD-202 1. Ensure Rule 2 in progress or complete
: 2. Verify Station ASW feeding SG (it is not).
: 2. Verify Station ASW feeding SG (it is not).
RNO: GO TO step 4
RNO: GO TO step 4
Line 1,117: Line 1,361:
: 5. Verify EHT tab has been performed (it has not been).
: 5. Verify EHT tab has been performed (it has not been).
RNO: GO TO EHT tab (details begin on next page)
RNO: GO TO EHT tab (details begin on next page)
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 30 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 31 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44  Scenario No.:     2           Event No.:   7               Page 14 of 15 Event
7 Page 1 4 of 1 5  Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time     Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (EHT)
 
SRO      The SRO will direct an RO to make a PA announcement and notify the OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and NSD-202
SRO EOP Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (EHT)
: 1. Verify any SG pressure < 550 psig
The SRO will direct an RO to make a PA announcement and notify the OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and NSD-202 1. Verify any SG pressure < 550 psig
: 2. Ensure Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break) in progress or complete
: 2. Ensure Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break) in progress or complete
: 3. Place the following in HAND and decrease demand to zero on all affected SGs:   1FDW-41 and 1FDW
: 3. Place the following in HAND and decrease demand to zero on all affected SGs:
-44(for 1B SG)
* 1FDW-41 and 1FDW-44(for 1B SG)
: 4. Close the following on all affected SGs:   1FDW-382, 1MS-26, 1MS-76, 1MS-36, 1MS-84, 1FDW-369 5. Verify level in both SGs < 96% O.R.
: 4. Close the following on all affected SGs:
: 6. IAAT core THEN perform Steps 7 and 8
* 1FDW-382, 1MS-26, 1MS-76, 1MS-36, 1MS-84, 1FDW-369
: 7. Throttle HPI per Rule 6 (HPI)
: 5. Verify level in both SGs < 96% O.R.
(CT-5) Note: HPI flow must be throttled and RCS temperature controlled to prevent a solid Pzr and subsequent operation of the PORV.
: 6. IAAT core SCM is > 0&deg;F, THEN perform Steps 7 and 8
: 7. Throttle HPI per Rule 6 (HPI) (CT-5)
Note: HPI flow must be throttled and RCS temperature controlled to prevent a solid Pzr and subsequent operation of the PORV.
: 8. Verify letdown in service.
: 8. Verify letdown in service.
RNO: IF desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control) (see page 3 7) 9. Verify any SG has an intact secondary boundary (intact SG)
RNO: IF desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control) (see page 37)
: 9. Verify any SG has an intact secondary boundary (intact SG)
NOTE If only one SG is intact and has been isolated for SGTR, the following steps will unisolate and use it for heat removal.
NOTE If only one SG is intact and has been isolated for SGTR, the following steps will unisolate and use it for heat removal.
: 10. Open the following on all intact SGs 1FDW-372, 1FDW-368, and 1MS
: 10. Open the following on all intact SGs
-17 11. Start MDEFDWP associated with all intact SGs 1A MD EFDWP RNO: Start TDEFDWP
* 1FDW-372, 1FDW-368, and 1MS-17
: 11. Start MDEFDWP associated with all intact SGs
* 1A MD EFDWP RNO: Start TDEFDWP
: 12. Feed and steam all intact SGs to stabilize RCS P/T using either of the following:
: 12. Feed and steam all intact SGs to stabilize RCS P/T using either of the following:
TBVs Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs) This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
* TBVs
* Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs)
This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 31 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 32 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2       Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:   2             Event No.:   7               Page 15 of 15 Event
7 Page 15 of 15 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior EHT Tab (continued)
 
SRO          13. GO TO Step 32
SRO EHT Tab (continued)
: 32. Verify any of the following:
: 13. GO TO Step 32 32. Verify any of the following:
* HPI has operated in the injection mode while NO RCPs were operating
HPI has operated in the injection mode while NO RCPs were operating   RNO: GO TO Step 34 BOOTH CUE: Fire Timer 8 after step 32 to fail 1FDW
* A cooldown below 400&deg;F at > 100&deg;F/hr has occurred RNO: GO TO Step 34 BOOTH CUE: Fire Timer 8 after step 32 to fail 1FDW-315 OPEN.
-315 OPEN. 34. Verify 1MS
: 34. Verify 1MS-24 and 1MS-33 are closed
-24 and 1MS
: 35. Open 1AS-8
-33 are closed
: 36. Close 1SSH-9
: 35. Open 1AS-8 36. Close 1SSH
: 37. Perform the following notifications:
-9 37. Perform the following notifications:
* Notify Chemistry to determine RCS boron concentration and to sample RBES for boron.
Notify Chemistry to determine RCS boron concentration and to sample RBES for boron.
* Notify Secondary Chemistry to check for indications of SGTR
Notify Secondary Chemistry to check for indications of SGTR Notify RP to check for indications of a SGTR This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner
* Notify RP to check for indications of a SGTR This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 32 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 33 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:     2             Event No.:   8                   Page 1 of 2 Event
8         Page 1 of 2 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1FDW-315 fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior ALL   Plant response:
1FDW-315 fails OPEN Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior ALL       Plant response:
1FDW-315 will indicate full open 1A SG level will increase above the setpoint (30 inches XSUR)
* 1FDW-315 will indicate full open
Crew response
* 1A SG level will increase above the setpoint (30 inches XSUR)
: The crew should determine that 1FDW
Crew response:
-315 is open and perform Rule 3 IAAT step 37 or may re
The crew should determine that 1FDW-315 is open and perform Rule 3 IAAT step 37 or may re-perform Rule 3.
-perform Rule 3.
Rule 3 will:
Rule 3 will:
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding.
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding.
RNO: GO TO Step 3 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency), AND any of the following exist:
RNO: GO TO Step 3
RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit   THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).
: 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency),
AND any of the following exist:
* RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
* Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps as required to feed all intact SGs
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps as required to feed all intact SGs
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
: 6. GO TO Step 37. 37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38
: 6. GO TO Step 37.
-42. 38. Place EFDW valve in MANUAL.
: 37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38-42.
: 39. Control EFDW flow with EFDW valve in MANUAL. (will not work
: 38. Place EFDW valve in MANUAL.
) RNO: GO TO Step 41
: 39. Control EFDW flow with EFDW valve in MANUAL. (will not work)
RNO: GO TO Step 41
: 41. Notify CR SRO that Encl 5.27 (Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow) is being initiated.
: 41. Notify CR SRO that Encl 5.27 (Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow) is being initiated.
This event is complete when EFDW flow has been established to the 1A SG via the startup control valves or as directed by the lead examiner
This event is complete when EFDW flow has been established to the 1A SG via the startup control valves or as directed by the lead examiner.
.
Page 33 of 44
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 34 of 44    Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.:   2     Event No.:
 
8         Page 2 of 2 Event
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.:     2             Event No.:   8                     Page 2 of 2 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1FDW-315 fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior ALL   EOP Encl 5.27 (Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow)
1FDW-315 fails OPEN Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior ALL       EOP Encl 5.27 (Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow)
: 1. Identify the failure:
: 1. Identify the failure: 1FDW-315 failed OPEN. GO TO Step 16.
1FDW-315 failed OPEN. GO TO Step 16. 16. Verify 1A MD EFDWP operating.
: 16. Verify 1A MD EFDWP operating.
: 17. Stop 1A MD EFDWP.
: 17. Stop 1A MD EFDWP.
: 18. Place 1TD EFDW PUMP in PUMP TO LOCK.
: 18. Place 1TD EFDW PUMP in PUMP TO LOCK.
: 19. Place 1FDW
: 19. Place 1FDW-35 in HAND and set demand to 0%.
-35 in HAND and set demand to 0%. 20. Close 1FDW
: 20. Close 1FDW-33.
-33. 21. Verify 1A MD EFDWP will be used.
: 21. Verify 1A MD EFDWP will be used.
: 22. Perform the following:
: 22. Perform the following:
Close 1FDW
* Close 1FDW-372
-372 Open 1FDW-374 23. Verify the following:
* Open 1FDW-374
1FDW-36 closed 1FDW-38 open 24. Start 1A MD EFDWP
: 23. Verify the following:
* 1FDW-36 closed
* 1FDW-38 open
: 24. Start 1A MD EFDWP
: 25. Verify either of the following exists:
: 25. Verify either of the following exists:
HP Forced Cooling is maintaining core cooling CBP feed providing SG feed
* HP Forced Cooling is maintaining core cooling
: 25. RNO 1. IF any SG is being fed- (no SG is being fed
* CBP feed providing SG feed
) 2. IF NO SG is being fed, AND Tc > 550&#xba;F, THEN perform the following:
: 25. RNO
A. Throttle 1FDW
: 1. IF any SG is being fed (no SG is being fed)
-35 to establish a maximum of 100 gpm.
: 2. IF NO SG is being fed, AND Tc > 550&#xba;F, THEN perform the following:
B. Initiate cooldown to -35 and steaming intact SGs at a rate that prevents RCS saturation.
A. Throttle 1FDW-35 to establish a maximum of 100 gpm.
: 3. IF NO SG is being fed, AND Tc  550&#xba;F, THEN perform the following:
B. Initiate cooldown to 550&#xba;F by feeding with 1FDW-35 and steaming intact SGs at a rate that prevents RCS saturation.
A. Throttle 1FDW
: 3. IF NO SG is being fed, AND Tc  550&#xba;F, THEN perform the following:
-35 to establish a maximum of 100 gpm.
A. Throttle 1FDW-35 to establish a maximum of 100 gpm.
B. Feed with 1FDW-35 and steam intact SGs to stabilize Tc to This event is complete when EFDW flow has been established to the 1A SG via the startup control valves or as directed by the lead examiner
B. Feed with 1FDW-35 and steam intact SGs to stabilize Tc to 550&#xba;F.
.
This event is complete when EFDW flow has been established to the 1A SG via the startup control valves or as directed by the lead examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 35 of 44  Page 1 of 8 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.
Page 34 of 44
ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100   1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain desired Pzr level:
 
1A HPI Pump 1B HPI Pump 1HP-26 1HP-7 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand 1HP-5 __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 1 of 8 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.
-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.
ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
: 2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired,   THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain       __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, desired Pzr level:                                     THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
* 1A HPI Pump                                     desired Pzr level.
* 1B HPI Pump
* 1HP-26
* 1HP-7
* 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand
* 1HP-5
: 2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
: 4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
A. Open: __ 1CS-26 __ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP
A. Open:
-14 to BLEED.
__ 1CS-26
__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED.
C. Notify SRO.
C. Notify SRO.
: 5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP
: 5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
-14 to NORMAL.
Page 35 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 36 of 44  Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED   6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, THEN perform Steps 7 - 9. __ GO TO Step 10. 7. Open: 1HP-24  1HP-25 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                         RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
: 6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required,               __ GO TO Step 10.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
THEN perform Steps 7 - 9.
: 7. Open:                                   1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
* 1HP-24                                    (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* 1HP-25 A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
C. Open:
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
__ 1LP-15
F. __ GO TO Step 8. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
__ 1LP-16
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP. B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
__ 1LP-9
C. __ GO TO Step 9.
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GO TO Step 8.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
C. __ GO TO Step 9.
Page 36 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 37 of 44  Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.
: 8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.                               __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
__ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP
: 9. Throttle the following as required to         1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, maintain desired Pzr level:                        AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
* 1HP-26 desired Pzr level.
: 9. Throttle the following as required to maintain desired Pzr level:
* 1HP-27
1HP-26  1HP-27 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
: 2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.
Page 37 of 44
: 2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 38 of 44  Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                         Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                       RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained, THEN perform Step
: 10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be               __ GO TO Step 12.
: 11. __ GO TO Step 12. 11. Perform the following:
maintained, THEN perform Step 11.
Open 1HP-24. Open 1HP-25. Close 1HP-16. 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
: 11. Perform the following:               1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* Open 1HP-24.                            (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* Open 1HP-25.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
* Close 1HP-16.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
C. Open:
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
__ 1LP-15
F. __ G O TO Step 12. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
__ 1LP-16
__ 1LP-9
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GO TO Step 12.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
Page 38 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 39 of 44  Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 12. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
: 12. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
: 13. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
: 13. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
Open 1HP-17. Open 1HP-18 14. IAAT all of the following exist:
* Open 1HP-17.
Letdown isolated LPSW available Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 15 - 33. {41} __ GO TO Step 34. 15. Open: 1CC-7  1CC-8 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be restored due to inability to restart the CC system. 2. __ GO TO Step 34. 16. Ensure only one CC pump running.
* Open 1HP-18
: 17. Place the non
: 14. IAAT all of the following exist:               __ GO TO Step 34.
-running CC pump in AUTO. 18. Verify both are open: 1HP-1  1HP-2 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP
* Letdown isolated
-3 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 20. 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP
* LPSW available
-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 20. 19. GO TO Step 22. NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.
* Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 15 - 33. {41}
: 20. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration Room has occurred.
: 15. Open:                                       1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be
__ GO TO Step 22. 21. GO TO Step 34.  
* 1CC-7                                          restored due to inability to restart the CC
* 1CC-8                                          system.
: 2. __ GO TO Step 34.
: 16. Ensure only one CC pump running.
: 17. Place the non-running CC pump in AUTO.
: 18. Verify both are open:                       1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP-3 failing to
* 1HP-1                                          close,
* 1HP-2                                          THEN GO TO Step 20.
: 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 20.
: 19. GO TO Step 22.
NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.
: 20. Verify letdown line leak in East               __ GO TO Step 22.
Penetration Room has occurred.
: 21. GO TO Step 34.
Page 39 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 40 of 44  Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 22. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
: 22. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
: 23. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in service.
: 23. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed   1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in in service.                                      service, THEN open:
: 1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-1 __1HP-3 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-2 __1HP-4 3. __ GO TO Step 25. 24. Open: 1HP-1 1HP-2 1HP-3 1HP-4 25. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned. Perform the following:
__1HP-1
A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.
__1HP-3
B. __ GO TO Step 34. 26. Close 1HP-6. 27. Close 1HP-7. 28. Verify letdown temperature <
: 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open:
125 F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13. 2. Close: __1HP-8 __1HP-9&11 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:
__1HP-2
A. __Select 1HP
__1HP-4
-14 to NORMAL.
: 3. __ GO TO Step 25.
B. __Close 1HP
: 24. Open:
-16. 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.
* 1HP-1
* 1HP-2
* 1HP-3
* 1HP-4
: 25. Verify at least one letdown cooler is         Perform the following:
aligned.                                      A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.
B. __ GO TO Step 34.
: 26. Close 1HP-6.
: 27. Close 1HP-7.
: 28. Verify letdown temperature < 125&deg;F.         1. __ Open 1HP-13.
: 2. Close:
__1HP-8
__1HP-9&11
: 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:
A.       __Select 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
B.       __Close 1HP-16.
: 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.
Page 40 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 41 of 44  Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 29. Open 1HP-5. 30. Adjust 1HP
: 29. Open 1HP-5.
-7 for  20 gpm letdown.
: 30. Adjust 1HP-7 for  20 gpm letdown.
: 31. WHEN letdown temperature is
: 31. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125&deg;F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
< 125 F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
: 32. Open 1HP-6.
: 32. Open 1HP-6. 33. Adjust 1HP
: 33. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.
-7 to control desired letdown flow. NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level. 34. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level.
: 34. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
: 35. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:
: 35. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:
A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.
A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.
Line 1,296: Line 1,610:
C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.
C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.
: 36. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
: 36. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
Makeup from BWST NOT required LDST level > 55 All control rods inserted Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close: 1HP-24 1HP-25 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 42 of 44  Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
* Makeup from BWST NOT required
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
* LDST level > 55
: 37. Verify 1CS
* All control rods inserted
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.
* Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close:
__ GO TO Step 39. 38. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:
* 1HP-24
A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. B. Locally position 1CS
* 1HP-25 Page 41 of 44
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
 
C. Close 1CS-46. D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. E. Locally throttle 1CS
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                   Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90  
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                             RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
- 110 psig discharge pressure.
: 37. Verify 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has             __ GO TO Step 39.
F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. 39. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, AND only one Letdown filter is desired.
been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.
__ GO TO Step 41. 40. Perform one of the following:
: 38. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:
Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.
A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.
B. Locally position 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
C. Close 1CS-46.
D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
E. Locally throttle 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90 - 110 psig discharge pressure.
F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
: 39. Verify two Letdown Filters in service,         __ GO TO Step 41.
AND only one Letdown filter is desired.
: 40. Perform one of the following:
* Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.
* Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.
: 41. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
: 41. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
END  
                                                * *
* END
* Page 42 of 44
 
Appendix D                          Required Operator Actions                Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam CRITICAL TASKS
: 1. CT-1, Stop all RCPs (Within 2 minutes of LOSCM). page 19 (contingent on LOSCM due to overcooling)
: 2. CT-17, Initiate AFIS to stop overcooling on MSLB. page 22
: 3. CT-5, Throttle HPI per Rule 6. page 31 Page 43 of 44


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 43 of 44  CRITICAL TASKS
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (OSM)
: 1. CT-1, Stop all RCPs (Within 2 minutes of LOSCM).
SSF Operable: Yes     KHU's Operable: U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable: 2         Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CR SRO)
page 19  (contingent on LOSCM due to overcooling)
Unit 1 Simulator                                     Other Units Mode: 1                                                 Unit 2                       Unit 3 Reactor Power: 75%                           Mode: 1                     Mode: 1 Gross MWE: 702                               100% Power                   100% Power RCS Leakage: .024 gpm                       EFDW Backup: Yes             EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate: .01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CR SRO)
: 2. CT-1 7 , Initiate AFIS to stop overcooling on MSLB. page 22  3. CT-5 , Throttle HPI per Rule 6. page 3 1 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam    SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (OSM)
Component/Train                   OOS               Restoration            TS/SLC #
SSF Operable: Yes KHU's Operable:
Date/Time             Required Date/Time SSF                                 Today 0000               7 Days       TS 3.10.1 A B C D E Shift Turnover Items (CR SRO)
U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable:
Primary
2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CR SRO)
* SASS in Manual for I&E Secondary
Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power:
* 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event.
75% Mode: 1 Mode: 1 Gross MWE:
* Holding power at 75% to facilitate work on 1B FDWP.
702 100% Power 100% Power RCS Leakage:  
* 1B FWPT on Handjack
.024 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate:
* Voltage Regulator in Manual for maintenance. I&E ready to return it to Auto and reduce VARs to approximately 150 (+ 10) using OP/1/A/1106/001, Encl 4.8 (Changing Generator MVAR) to verify proper operation. SOC is already notified the Voltage Regulator will be swapped to AUTO Reactivity Management (CR SRO)
.01 gpm   Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CR SRO)
R2 Reactivity management controls RCS Boron: 86 ppmB         Gp 7 Rod Position: 75%     established in the Control Room per SOMP 01-02 Human Performance Emphasis (OSM)
Component/Train OOS Date/Time Restoration Required Date/Time TS/SLC # SSF Today 0000 7 Days TS 3.10.1 A B C D E Shift Turnover Items (CR SRO)
Primary SASS in Manual for I&E Secondary 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD
-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event. Holding power at 75% to facilitate work on 1B FDWP
. 1B FWPT on Handjack Voltage Regulator in Manual for maintenance. I&E ready to return it to Auto and reduce VARs to approximately 15 0 (+ 10) using OP/1/A/1106/001, Encl 4.8 (Changing Generator MVAR) to verify proper operation. SOC is already notified the Voltage Regulator will be swapped to AUTO   Reactivity Management (CR SRO)
RCS Boron:
8 6 ppmB Gp 7 Rod Position: 75% R2 Reactivity management controls established in the Control Room per SOMP 01-02 Human Performance Emphasis (OSM)
Procedure Use and Adherence
Procedure Use and Adherence


Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 ILT44 NRC Exam       Facility: Oconee     Scenario No.:
Appendix D                                     Scenario Outline                                 Form ES-D-1 ILT44 NRC Exam Facility: Oconee                       Scenario No.: 3                             Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________                 Operators: ________________________SRO
3     Op-Test No.:
________________________                           ________________________OATC
1 Examiners: ________________________
________________________                           ________________________BOP Initial Conditions:
Operators:
* Reactor power = 0.02%; below POAH             Unit 2: 100%,     Unit 3: 100%
________________________SRO                    ________________________
________________________OATC                    ________________________
________________________BOP   Initial Conditions:
Reactor power = 0.02%; below POAH Unit 2: 100%,       Unit 3: 100%
Turnover:
Turnover:
Unit 1 Startup in progress; BOL; not after refueling Startup procedure at step 3.
* Unit 1 Startup in progress; BOL; not after refueling
36 (OP/1/A/1102/0 0 1 Encl 4.7) Increase Reactor power to 6  
* Startup procedure at step 3.36 (OP/1/A/1102/001 Encl 4.7)
-7%   Event No. Malfunction        No. Event Type*
* Increase Reactor power to 6 -7%
Event Description 0a Override Auto start of HPIP on low seal injection flow is blocked 0b Override 1HP-26 failed CLOSED 0c       1 R, OATC, SRO Increase reactor power to 6 -7% 2 Override C: BOP, SRO(TS) Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation 3 MPS270,1 C: BOP, SRO High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP 4 Override C: OATC, SRO, PZR Spray Valve (1RC
Event      Malfunction                                                    Event Event Type*                              Description No.           No.
-1) Fails OPEN 5 Override C: BOP, SRO (TS) 1A HPI pump trips and standby HPI pump fails to auto start 6 Override C: OATC, SRO Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS 7 MEL170 MEL180  M: ALL Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT
0a                     Override               Auto start of HPIP on low seal injection flow is blocked 0b                     Override               1HP-26 failed CLOSED 0c 1                     R, OATC, SRO           Increase reactor power to 6 -7%
-4 CT-1 Lockout KHU-2 Emergency Lockout 8 MSS330 TDEFWP trips
2       Override     C: BOP, SRO(TS)       Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation 3     MPS270,1       C: BOP, SRO           High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP 4     Override       C: OATC, SRO,         PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN 1A HPI pump trips and standby HPI pump fails to auto 5      Override        C: BOP, SRO (TS) start 6     Override       C: OATC, SRO           Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS MEL170         M: ALL                 Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 CT-1 Lockout 7      MEL180 KHU-2 Emergency Lockout 8     MSS330                                 TDEFWP trips
    * (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity,   (I)nstrument,   (C)omponent,   (M)ajor
  * (N)ormal,    (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent,     (M)ajor


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 2 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:    1             Page 1 of 1 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3               Event No.:    1             Page 1 of 1 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Increase reactor power to 6 - 7% Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/SRO Crew response:
Increase reactor power to 6 - 7%
Time     Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew response:
OP/1/A/1102/001 (Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup)
OP/1/A/1102/001 (Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup)
NOTE: POAH is normally achieved from 0.05 to 0.15% power on Wide Range Indications.
OATC/SRO NOTE:
When POAH is achieved: TBVs will begin to open, 1HP
POAH is normally achieved from 0.05 to 0.15% power on Wide Range Indications.
-120 will begin to close, TAVE will increase, & SUR will decrease with negative Moderator Temperature Coefficient.
When POAH is achieved: TBVs will begin to open, 1HP-120 will begin to close, TAVE will increase, & SUR will decrease with negative Moderator Temperature Coefficient.
Wide Range indications are used since Source Range NIs saturate.
Wide Range indications are used since Source Range NIs saturate.
3.36 Begin reactor power increase to 0.5
3.36   Begin reactor power increase to 0.5 - 1.0% at 0.5 DPM SUR.
-  3.37 WHEN above POAH, begin reactor power increase to 2.5  
3.37   WHEN above POAH, begin reactor power increase to 2.5 -3.5%.
-3.5%. 3.38 WHILE power increases, begin increasing 1HP
3.38   WHILE power increases, begin increasing 1HP-120 (RC VOLUME CONTROL) setpoint to establish 215 to 225 PZR Level NOTE:
-120 (RC VOLUME CONTROL) setpoint to establish 215" to 225" PZR Level NOTE: TAVE error is blocked when on Low Level Limit and TAVE is < setpoint.
TAVE error is blocked when on Low Level Limit and TAVE is < setpoint.
Core reactivity effects are minimized with Rx in automatic. (R.M.)
Core reactivity effects are minimized with Rx in automatic. (R.M.)
3.39 WHEN at 2.5% - 3.5% Power, perform the following:
3.39   WHEN at 2.5% - 3.5% Power, perform the following:
Place REACTOR MASTER to "AUTO".
* Place REACTOR MASTER to "AUTO".
Place DIAMOND to "AUTO".
* Place DIAMOND to "AUTO".
  - 890 psig. 3.40 - 3.42 already completed 3.43 WHILE power change is in progress, monitor the following indications:
* Ensure TURBINE MASTER Setpoint to  880 - 890 psig.
Appropriate ranged Nis Neutron error OAC Point O1E2129 and O1E2130 3.44 Begin power increase to 6%  
3.40- 3.42 already completed 3.43 WHILE power change is in progress, monitor the following indications:
- 7% per Encl. 4.16 (CTP Adjustments)
* Appropriate ranged Nis
Event is complete when ICS is placed in AUTO and CTP is 6
* Neutron error
-7% or when directed by the Lead Examiner.
* RCS Loop T and FDW Flow
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 3 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:   2             Page 1 of 4 Event
* OAC Point O1E2129 and O1E2130 3.44 Begin power increase to 6% - 7% per Encl. 4.16 (CTP Adjustments)
Event is complete when ICS is placed in AUTO and CTP is 6-7% or when directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 2 of 40
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44            Scenario No.: 3               Event No.:   2               Page 1 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation (TS)
Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
* 1SA-1/C11 (ES 7 TRIP) actuates
* 1A RBS pump will start
* 1BS-1 will open
* 1SA-9/A6 (RB Normal Sump Level High/Low) (BS water in RB sump)
SRO/OATC      Crew Response:
The SRO will initiate AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation 4.1 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
__ Diverse HPI (not actuated)
__ ES Channel 1 (not actuated)
__ ES Channel 2 (not actuated)
RNO: GO TO step 4.4 4.4 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
__ ES Channel 5 (not actuated)
__ ES Channel 6 (not actuated)
RNO: 1. IF ES Channel 1, ES Channel 2, or Diverse HPI have inadvertently actuated, AND it is desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate AP/42 Encl 5.2 (Letdown Restoration)
: 2. GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Close 1HP-24 and 1HP-25 NOTE If personnel are available, progression should continue while Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress.
4.11 Ensure AP/42 Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress (see page 5) 4.12 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
__ Diverse LPI
__ ES Channel 3
__ ES Channel 4 RNO: GO TO Step 4.17 This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 3 of 40


SRO/OATC Plant Response:
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3               Event No.:    2               Page 2 of 4 Event
1SA-1/C11 (ES 7 TRIP) actuates 1A RBS pump will start 1BS-1 will open 1SA-9/A6 (RB Normal Sump Level High/Low) (BS water in RB sump
)  Crew Response:
The SRO will initiate AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation 4.1 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated
: __ Diverse HPI (not actuated
) __ ES Channel 1 (not actuated
) __ ES Channel 2 (not actuated
) RNO: GO TO step 4.4 4.4 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated
: __ ES Channel 5 (not actuated
) __ ES Channel 6 (not actuated
) RNO: 1. IF ES Channel 1, ES Channel 2, or Diverse HPI have inadvertently actuated, AND it is desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate AP/42 Encl 5.2 (Letdown Restoration)
: 2. GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Close 1HP-24 and 1HP
-25 NOTE If personnel are available, progression should continue while Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress.
4.11 Ensure AP/42 Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress (see page 5) 4.12 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated
: __ Diverse LPI
__ ES Channel 3
__ ES Channel 4 RNO: GO TO Step 4.17  This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 4 of 40  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:    2             Page 2 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC AP/42 (continued) 4.17 Verify the Rx is critical CAUTION Do NOT add demin water to counter the boration until RCS boron concentration stabilizes to prevent a positive reactivity event.
Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation (TS)
Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/42 (continued) 4.17 Verify the Rx is critical CAUTION SRO/OATC      Do NOT add demin water to counter the boration until RCS boron concentration stabilizes to prevent a positive reactivity event.
NOTE ICS in Auto means ICS is in control of Tave and Rx power.
NOTE ICS in Auto means ICS is in control of Tave and Rx power.
4.18 Verify ICS in Auto Examiner Note: Rods will not go outside the desired control band since there is no reactivity event associated with ES
4.18 Verify ICS in Auto Examiner Note: Rods will not go outside the desired control band since there is no reactivity event associated with ES-7 actuation.
-7 actuation.
4.19 Verify control rods are outside the desired control band RNO: GO TO Step 4.21 4.21 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
4.19 Verify control rods are outside the desired control band RNO: GO TO Step 4.21 4.21 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated
__ ES Channel 1
: __ ES Channel 1
__ Diverse HPI RNO: GO TO Step 4.24 4.24 Notify SPOC to investigate and repair the cause of the inadvertent ES actuation, as necessary 4.25 Initiate logging TS/SLC Entry/Exit, as applicable, IAW Encl 5.4 (TS/SLC Requirements)
__ Diverse HPI RNO: GO TO Step 4.24 4.24 Notify SPOC to investigate and repair the cause of the inadvertent ES actuation, as necessary 4.25 Initiate logging TS/SLC Entry/Exit, as applicable, IAW Encl 5.4 (TS/SLC Requirements)
EXAMINER NOTE: TS 3.3.7 (Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Digital Automatic Actuation Logic Channels) due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any ES channel is in MANUAL or ES Voters in OVERRIDE 4.26 WHEN all of the following exist:
EXAMINER NOTE
: TS 3.3.7 (Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Digital Automatic Actuation Logic Channels) due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any ES channel is in MANUAL or ES Voters in OVERRIDE 4.26 WHEN all of the following exist:
__ Reason for inadvertent ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI actuation has been resolved
__ Reason for inadvertent ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI actuation has been resolved
__ ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI reset is desired
__ ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI reset is desired
__ OSM concurs THEN continue   This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
__ OSM concurs THEN continue This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 5 of 4 0  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:   2             Page 3 of 4 Event
Page 4 of 40
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3               Event No.:   2               Page 3 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP Crew Response:
Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation (TS)
AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.1 Required Operator Actions 1 Initiate announcement of AP entry using the PA system 2 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated
Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
: __ Diverse HPI (not actuated)
AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.1 Required Operator Actions 1   Initiate announcement of AP entry using the PA system SRO/BOP 2   Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
__ Diverse HPI (not actuated)
__ ES Channel 1 (not actuated)
__ ES Channel 1 (not actuated)
__ ES Channel 2 3 Open the following:
__ ES Channel 2 3   Open the following:
__ 1HP-20 __ 1HP-21 4 Open the following for operating RCPs:
__ 1HP-20
__ 1HP-228 (1A1) __ 1HP-226 (1A2) __ 1HP-232 (1B1) __ 1HP-230 (1B2) 5 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated
__ 1HP-21 4   Open the following for operating RCPs:
: __ ES Channel 7 (not actuated)
__ 1HP-228 (1A1)
__ ES Channel 8 (not actuated) 6 Perform the following on all inadvertently actuated channel(s):
__ 1HP-226 (1A2)
__ Ensure ES CH
__ 1HP-232 (1B1)
-7 is in MANUAL
__ 1HP-230 (1B2) 5   Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
__ Ensure ES CH
__ ES Channel 7 (not actuated)
-8 is in MANUAL 7 Stop the following:
__ ES Channel 8 (not actuated) 6   Perform the following on all inadvertently actuated channel(s):
__ Ensure ES CH-7 is in MANUAL
__ Ensure ES CH-8 is in MANUAL 7   Stop the following:
__ 1A RBS PUMP
__ 1A RBS PUMP
__ 1B RBS PUMP 8 Close the following:
__ 1B RBS PUMP 8   Close the following:
__ 1BS-1 __ 1BS-2 9 Perform the following:
__ 1BS-1
__ 1BS-2 9   Perform the following:
A. Open the following to restore RB RIAs:
A. Open the following to restore RB RIAs:
__ 1PR-7 __ 1PR-8 __ 1PR-9 __ 1PR-10 B. From the ENABLE CONTROLS screen on the RIA View Node, perform the following:
__ 1PR-7
__ 1PR-8
__ 1PR-9
__ 1PR-10 B. From the ENABLE CONTROLS screen on the RIA View Node, perform the following:
: 1. Select OFF for RB RIA sample pump
: 1. Select OFF for RB RIA sample pump
: 2. Start the RB RIA sample pump This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
: 2. Start the RB RIA sample pump This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 6 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:   2             Page 4 of 4 Event
Page 5 of 40
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3               Event No.:   2               Page 4 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation (TS) Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/42 Encl. 5.1 (Cont.)
Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation (TS)
: 10. Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated
Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/42 Encl. 5.1 (Cont.)
: __ Diverse HPI
: 10. Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:
__ ES Channel 1 RNO: GO TO Step 12 12. EXIT this enclosure This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
SRO/BOP
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 7 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:   3            Page 1 of 4 Event
__ Diverse HPI
__ ES Channel 1 RNO: GO TO Step 12
: 12. EXIT this enclosure This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 6 of 40
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3                 Event No.:   3            Page 1 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP Plant Response:
High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
OAC alarm O1D1036 (RCP 1A2 MTR LOWER OIL POT LEVEL HI
* OAC alarm O1D1036 (RCP 1A2 MTR LOWER OIL POT LEVEL HI)
) Crew Response:
Crew Response:
Refer to Alarm Response Guide for O1D1036 (RCP 1A2 MTR LOWER OIL POT LEVEL HI) 1) Display RCP parameters and closely monitor oil levels and bearing temperatures.
SRO/BOP      Refer to Alarm Response Guide for O1D1036 (RCP 1A2 MTR LOWER OIL POT LEVEL HI)
: 1) Display RCP parameters and closely monitor oil levels and bearing temperatures.
: 2) Refer to AP/1/A/1700/016 (Abnormal Reactor Coolant Pump Operation)
: 2) Refer to AP/1/A/1700/016 (Abnormal Reactor Coolant Pump Operation)
: 3) Notify OSM and RCP Component Engineer of the alarm.
: 3) Notify OSM and RCP Component Engineer of the alarm.
AP/1/A/1700/016, Abnormal RCP Operation 4.1 IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria), THEN perform Steps 4.2  
AP/1/A/1700/016, Abnormal RCP Operation 4.1   IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria),
- 4.11. RNO: GO TO Step 4.12 EXAMINER NOTE: In step 4.12, the crew may conservatively decide to secure the RCP because the oil pot level is threatening to go offscale high. If so, they will proceed to step 4.13 and will not end up in Section 4C. This path is on page
THEN perform Steps 4.2 - 4.11.
: 8. This path or the path below are acceptable 4.1 2 IAAT either of the following apply:
RNO: GO TO Step 4.12 EXAMINER NOTE: In step 4.12, the crew may conservatively decide to secure the RCP because the oil pot level is threatening to go offscale high. If so, they will proceed to step 4.13 and will not end up in Section 4C. This path is on page 8. This path or the path below are acceptable 4.12 IAAT either of the following apply:
Any RCP approaching immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria)
* Any RCP approaching immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria)
It is desired to secure a RCP THEN perform Steps 4.13  
* It is desired to secure a RCP THEN perform Steps 4.13 - 4.15.
- 4.15. RNO: GO TO Step 4.16 4.16 Announce AP entry using the PA system.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.16 4.16 Announce AP entry using the PA system.
4.17 Notify OSM to request evaluation by RCP Component Engineer.
4.17 Notify OSM to request evaluation by RCP Component Engineer.
4.18 IAAT the failure is identifi ed, THEN GO TO the applicable section per the following table:
4.18 IAAT the failure is identified, THEN GO TO the applicable section per the following table:
Section Failure 4A Seal Failure 4B Abnormal Vibration 4C High or Low Oil Pot Level 4D Loss of Seal Return 4E Abnormal RCP Temperatures This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Section                   Failure 4A         Seal Failure 4B         Abnormal Vibration 4C         High or Low Oil Pot Level 4D         Loss of Seal Return 4E         Abnormal RCP Temperatures This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 8 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:   3             Page 2 of 4 Event
Page 7 of 40
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3                 Event No.:     3             Page 2 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior   SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/016, Section 4C 1 IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria), THEN perform Steps 2  
High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/016, Section 4C SRO/BOP        1     IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria),
- 11. RNO: GO TO Step 12 12 Start trending RCP oil pot levels. (Turn
THEN perform Steps 2 - 11.
-on Code "unitpump"RCPT3, example 1A2RCPT3)
RNO: GO TO Step 12 12   Start trending RCP oil pot levels. (Turn-on Code "unitpump"RCPT3, example 1A2RCPT3)
NOTE RCP oil pot level indication range is +1.5 to  
NOTE
-1.5 inches.
* RCP oil pot level indication range is +1.5 to -1.5 inches.
RCP motor oil pot temperatures and RCP motor guide bearing temperatures may be used to validate low oil pot level. {4}
* RCP motor oil pot temperatures and RCP motor guide bearing temperatures may be used to validate low oil pot level. {4}
13 IAAT oil pot level threatens to go off scale high or low for an operating RCP, THEN perform Steps 14  
13   IAAT oil pot level threatens to go off scale high or low for an operating RCP, THEN perform Steps 14 - 24.
- 24. 14 Verify MODE 1 or
14   Verify MODE 1 or 2.
: 2. 15 Verify three RCPs will remain operating after affected RCP is tripped.
15   Verify three RCPs will remain operating after affected RCP is tripped.
16 Verify Rx power is 70% as indicated on all NIs. 1 7 Verify any SG on Low Level Limits.
16   Verify Rx power is 70% as indicated on all NIs.
EXAMINER NOTE: STATALARMS 1SA-07/D-8 (1A2 RCPMP Trip
17    Verify any SG on Low Level Limits.
), 1SA-02/A-3 (RC Loop A Flow Low), & 1SA
EXAMINER NOTE: STATALARMS 1SA-07/D-8 (1A2 RCPMP Trip), 1SA-02/A-3 (RC Loop A Flow Low), & 1SA-02/A-5 (RC Total Flow Low) will alarm when the 1A2 RCP is stopped.
-02/A-5 (RC Total Flow Low) will alarm when the 1A2 RCP is stopped.
18    Stop the affected RCP.
1 8 Stop the affected RCP.
19   GO TO Step 23.
19 GO TO Step 23. 23 Initiate Encl 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) of OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power).
23   Initiate Encl 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) of OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power).
24 Make the following notifications:
24   Make the following notifications:
Notify OSM to make required notifications of OMP 1
* Notify OSM to make required notifications of OMP 1-14 (Notifications).
-14 (Notifications).
* Notify Rx Engineering and request a power maneuver plan, if needed.
Notify Rx Engineering and request a power maneuver plan, if needed.
* Notify SOC if load reduction was required.
Notify SOC if load reduction was required.
* Notify Chemistry to take RCS boron samples on a 1 hour frequency.
Notify Chemistry to take RCS boron samples on a 1 hour frequency.
This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 8 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 9 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:   3             Page 3 of 4 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3               Event No.:   3               Page 3 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/016, Section 4C (continued) 25 IAAT an RB fire exists, THEN perform Steps 26  
High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP       AP/1/A/1700/016, Section 4C (continued) 25   IAAT an RB fire exists, THEN perform Steps 26 - 29.
- 29. RNO: GO TO Step 30 30 IAAT either of the following conditions is met:
RNO: GO TO Step 30 30   IAAT either of the following conditions is met:
a RCP with low oil level has been shut down for 3 hours, {9}
* a RCP with low oil level has been shut down for 3 hours , {9}
a RCP with high oil level has been shut down THEN close the associated RCP motor cooler inlet/outlet valve:
* a RCP with high oil level has been shut down THEN close the associated RCP motor cooler inlet/outlet valve:
1LPSW-7&8 (1A1 RCP) 1LPSW-9&10 (1B1 RCP) 1LPSW-13&14 (1A2 RCP) 1LPSW-11&12 (1B2 RCP) 31 IAAT a RCP has been tripped due to exceeding Immediate Trip Criteria on a RCP motor, THEN contact RCP engineer prior to restart. {8}
* 1LPSW-7&8 (1A1 RCP)
32 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT this procedure.
* 1LPSW-9&10 (1B1 RCP)
* 1LPSW-13&14 (1A2 RCP)
* 1LPSW-11&12 (1B2 RCP) 31   IAAT a RCP has been tripped due to exceeding Immediate Trip Criteria on a RCP motor, THEN contact RCP engineer prior to restart. {8}
32   WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT this procedure.
This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 9 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 10 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:    3            Page 4 of 4 Event
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3                 Event No.:    3            Page 4 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/016, (continued) 4.13 Verify Rx Power > 70%.
High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/016, (continued)
RNO: GO TO Step 4.15 4.15 WHEN Rx Power is 70%, THEN GO TO Step 4.2. 4.2 Verify MODE 1 or 2.
SRO/BOP        4.13 Verify Rx Power > 70%.
4.3 Verify Rx power is 70% as indicated on all NIs. 4.4 Verify three RCPs will remain operating after affected RCP is tripped.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.15 4.15 WHEN Rx Power is 70% ,
THEN GO TO Step 4.2.
4.2 Verify MODE 1 or 2.
4.3 Verify Rx power is 70% a s indica te d on all NIs.
4.4 Verify three RCPs will remain operating after affected RCP is tripped.
4.5 Verify any SG on Low Level Limits.
4.5 Verify any SG on Low Level Limits.
4.6 Stop the affected RCP.
4.6 Stop the affected RCP.
4.7 GO TO Step 4.26.
4.7   GO TO Step 4.26.
4.26 Initiate Encl 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) of OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power).
4.26 Initiate Encl 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) of OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power).
4.27 IAAT  THEN close the associated RCP motor cooler inlet/outlet valves:
4.27 IAAT an RCP has been shut down for 3 hours, {9}
1LPSW-7&8 (1A1 RCP) 1LPSW-9&10 (1B1 RCP) 1LPSW-13&14 (1A2 RCP) 1LPSW-11&12 (1B2 RCP)
THEN close the associated RCP motor cooler inlet/outlet valves:
* 1LPSW-7&8 (1A1 RCP)
* 1LPSW-9&10 (1B1 RCP)
* 1LPSW-13&14 (1A2 RCP)
* 1LPSW-11&12 (1B2 RCP)
This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 10 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 11 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:    4             Page 1 of 3 Event
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44            Scenario No.: 3                 Event No.:    4           Page 1 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
PZR Spray Valve (1RC
PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Booth Cue: Call control room as Secondary Chemist and request position of 1AS-35 (Stm to E Heaters) and steam flow to E heaters. While BOP is at vertical boards, fire Timer 4 to initiate event.
-1) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
Plant Response:
 
* RCS pressure will decrease
SRO/OATC Booth Cue: Call control room as Secondary Chemist and request position of 1AS-35 (Stm to E Heaters) and steam flow to E heaters. While BOP is at vertical boards, fire Timer 4 to initiate event
* 1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HIGH/LOW)
. Plant Response:
RCS pressure will decrease 1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HIGH/LOW)
Crew Response:
Crew Response:
EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)
EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)
Refer to Alarm Response Guide 1SA
Refer to Alarm Response Guide 1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HIGH/LOW) 3.2 Low Alarm 3.2.1 Refer to AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control)
-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HIGH/LOW) 3.2 Low Alarm 3.2.1 Refer to AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control)
AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control)
AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control)
: 3. Immediate Manual Actions 3.1   IAAT PORV is open, and RC pressure is < setpoint (2400 psig (HIGH) or 480 psig (LOW)
SRO/OATC          3. Immediate Manual Actions 3.1 IAAT PORV is open, and RC pressure is < setpoint (2400 psig (HIGH) or 480 psig (LOW)),
), THEN close 1RC-4 3.2   IAAT RC pressure <2155 psig, AND 1RC-1 indicates open, THEN select 1RC
THEN close 1RC-4 3.2   IAAT RC pressure <2155 psig, AND 1RC-1 indicates open, THEN select 1RC-1 to CLOSE EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may perform Immediate Manual Action Step 3.3 from memory prior to the SRO entering AP/44.
-1 to CLOSE EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may perform Immediate Manual Action Step 3.3 from memory prior to the SRO entering AP/44.
3.3   IAAT all the following conditions exist:
3.3   IAAT all the following conditions exist:
__ RC pressure < 2155 psig
__ RC pressure < 2155 psig
__ RC pressure decreasing without a corresponding decrease in PZR level THEN close 1RC-3 EXAMINER NOTE: If the block valve (1RC
__ RC pressure decreasing without a corresponding decrease in PZR level THEN close 1RC-3 EXAMINER NOTE: If the block valve (1RC-3) is not closed, the Reactor will trip on variable low pressure and ES actuation will occur
-3) is not closed, the Reactor will trip on variable low pressure and ES actuation will occur
                        .
. This event is complete when 1RC
This event is complete when 1RC-3 is re-opened and 1RC-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
-3 is re-opened and 1RC
Page 11 of 40
-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
 
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 12 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:   4            Page 2 of 3 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3                 Event No.:   4            Page 2 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
PZR Spray Valve (1RC
PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control) (continued)
-1) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC  
SRO/OATC       4.1  Announce AP entry using the PA system 4.2  GO TO the applicable step per the following table:
Failure Caused            Step RCS Pressure Decrease              4.3 Increase            4.18 4.3  Verify 1RC-4 is closed.
RNO: IF PORV is open, AND 1RC-4 has failed to close....
4.4  Verify 1RC-3 is closed NOTE 1RC-3 must NOT be allowed to be closed for  36 minutes at a time to avoid a thermal transient in piping between 1RC-3 and the PZR spray nozzle.
4.5  Position 1RC-3 as required to maintain RC pressure within desired band.
4.6 GO TO Step 4.13 4.13 Verify PZR heaters maintaining RCS pressure within desired band 4.14 Notify SPOC to repair malfunctioning component 4.15 Ensure requirements of following are met: (no TS should apply)
SRO
* TS 3.4.1 (RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits)
* TS 3.4.9 (Pressurizer)
* TS 3.4.12 (LTOP System)
* SLC 16.5.1 (RCS Vents)
This event is complete when 1RC-3 is opened and 1RC-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 12 of 40


SRO AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control) (continued) 4.1 Announce AP entry using the PA system 4.2 GO TO the applicable step per the following table:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3               Event No.: 4             Page 3 of 3 Event
Failure Caused RCS Pressure Step  Decrease 4.3  Increase 4.1 8 4.3 Verify 1RC-4 is closed.
RNO: IF PORV is open, AND 1RC
-4 has failed to close....
4.4 Verify 1RC
-3 is closed NOTE 1RC-3 must NOT be allowed to be closed for 36 minutes at a time to avoid a thermal transient in piping between 1RC
-3 and the PZR spray nozzle.
4.5    Position 1RC
-3 as required to maintain RC pressure within desired band.
4.6 GO TO Step 4.13 4.13 Verify PZR heaters maintaining RCS pressure within desired band 4.14 Notify SPOC to repair malfunctioning component 4.15 Ensure requirements of following are met: (no TS should apply
)  TS 3.4.1 (RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow DNB Limits)
TS 3.4.9 (Pressurizer)
TS 3.4.12 (LTOP System)
SLC 16.5.1 (RCS Vents)
This event is complete when 1RC
-3 is opened and 1RC
-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 13 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:   4           Page 3 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
PZR Spray Valve (1RC
PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control) (continued)
-1) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control) (continued)
BOOTH CUE: Fire Timer 15 to repair 1RC-1 then call control room as SPOC and inform the crew that (using Time Compression) the control module for 1RC-1 had failed. It has been replaced and 1RC-1can be returned to normal operation SRO/OATC        4.16 WHEN repairs complete, THEN place the following components in desired position for current plant conditions as determined by CR SRO.
BOOTH CUE: Fire Timer 15 to repair 1RC
* 1RC-1
-1 then call control room as SPOC and inform the crew that (using Time Compression) the control module for 1RC-1 had failed. It has been replaced and 1RC
* 1RC-3
-1can be returned to normal operation 4.16 WHEN repairs complete, THEN place the following components in desired position for current plant conditions as determined by CR SRO.
* 1RC-4
1RC-1 1RC-3 1RC-4 PZR heater bank #1 PZR heater bank #2 PZR heater bank #3 PZR heater bank #4 4.17 WHEN directed by the CR SRO, THEN EXIT this procedure. This event is complete when 1RC
* PZR heater bank #1
-3 is opened and 1RC
* PZR heater bank #2
-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
* PZR heater bank #3
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 14 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:   5             Page 1 of 3 Event
* PZR heater bank #4 4.17 WHEN directed by the CR SRO, THEN EXIT this procedure.
This event is complete when 1RC-3 is opened and 1RC-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 13 of 40
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3                 Event No.: 5                     Page 1 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A HPI pump trips and standby HPI pump fails to auto start (TS)
1A HPI pump trips and standby HPI pump fails to auto start (TS)
Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:
 
SRO/OATC Plant response:
Statalarms:
Statalarms:
1SA-2/B-2 (HP RCP Seal Injection Flow High/Low) 1SA-2/C-2 (HP Injection Pump Disch. Header Pressure High/Low) Board indications:
* 1SA-2/B-2 (HP RCP Seal Injection Flow High/Low)
RC Makeup Flow = ~0 gpm RCP SI flow = ~0 gpm 1A HPI Pump amps low = ~15 amps PZR level will begin to decrease and LDST level will begin to increase.
* 1SA-2/C-2 (HP Injection Pump Disch. Header Pressure High/Low)
Board indications:
* RC Makeup Flow = ~0 gpm
* RCP SI flow = ~0 gpm
* 1A HPI Pump amps low = ~15 amps PZR level will begin to decrease and LDST level will begin to increase.
Crew response:
Crew response:
Refer to ARGs: Refer to AP/14 AP/1/A/1700/014, Loss of Normal HPI Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection 3.1   IAAT RCP seal injection flow is lost, AND Component Cooling is lost, THEN perform the following:
Refer to ARGs: Refer to AP/14 AP/1/A/1700/014, Loss of Normal HPI Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection SRO/OATC 3.1 IAAT RCP seal injection flow is lost, AND Component Cooling is lost, THEN perform the following:
A. Trip the Rx.
A. Trip the Rx.
B. Stop all RCPs.
B. Stop all RCPs.
C. Initiate AP/25 (SSF EOP).
C. Initiate AP/25 (SSF EOP).
3.2   IAAT loss of suction to operating HPI pumps is indicated:
3.2 IAAT loss of suction to operating HPI pumps is indicated:
THEN GO TO Step 3.3. RNO: GO TO Step 4.7 4.7   Announce AP entry using PA System.
* Motor amps low or cycling
4.8   Verify any HPI pump operating.
* Discharge pressure low or cycling
RNO   1. Close 1HP
* Abnormal LDST level trend THEN GO TO Step 3.3.
-5 2. Place 1HP-120 in HAND and closed
RNO: GO TO Step 4.7 4.7 Announce AP entry using PA System.
: 3. Place 1HP
4.8 Verify any HPI pump operating.
-31 in HAND and closed
RNO 1. Close 1HP-5
: 2. Place 1HP-120 in HAND and closed
: 3. Place 1HP-31 in HAND and closed
: 4. Attempt to start the Standby HPIP (1B HPIP starts)
: 4. Attempt to start the Standby HPIP (1B HPIP starts)
: 5. IF standby HPI pump started, THEN GO TO Step 4.111.
: 5. IF standby HPI pump started, THEN GO TO Step 4.111.
This event is complete when 1HP
This event is complete when 1HP-31 is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
-31 is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 14 of 40
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 15 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:   5             Page 2 of 3 Event
 
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                       Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3               Event No.: 5           Page 2 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A HPI pump trips and standby HPI pump fails to auto start (TS)
1A HPI pump trips and standby HPI pump fails to auto start (TS)
Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP AP/14, Loss of Normal HPI Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection (continued) 4.111   Place 1HP
Time     Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/14, Loss of Normal HPI Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection (continued)
-31 in HAND 4.112   Slowly open 1HP- 4.113   Re
OATC/BOP        4.111 Place 1HP-31 in HAND 4.112 Slowly open 1HP-31 until  8 gpm/RCP is achieved.
-establish normal makeup through 1HP120.
4.113 Re-establish normal makeup through 1HP120.
4.114   Ensure proper operation of the Component Cooling System.
4.114 Ensure proper operation of the Component Cooling System.
4.115   Reduce 1HP
4.115 Reduce 1HP-7 demand to 0%.
-7 demand to 0%.
4.116 Close 1HP-6 4.117 Open the following:
4.116   Close 1HP
1HP-1 1HP-2 1HP-3 1HP-4 BOOTH NOTE: Crew may direct AO to open & rack out the 1A HPIP breaker. (Use Quick Strike to remove fuses) 4.118 Open 1HP-5 4.119 Throttle open 1HP-7 for  20 gpm letdown flow.
-6 4.117   Open the following:
4.120 Open 1HP-6 4.121 Adjust 1HP-7 for desired letdown flow.
1HP-1 1HP-2 1HP-3 1HP-4 BOOTH NOTE: Crew may direct AO to open & rack out the 1A HPIP breaker. (Use Quick Strike to remove fuses) 4.118 Open 1HP-5 4.119 Throttle open 1HP
4.122 Open the following:1HP-228, 1HP-226,1HP-232, 1HP-230 4.123 Open 1HP-21.
- 4.120 Open 1HP-6 4.121 Adjust 1HP
4.124 IAAT SEAL INLET HDR FLOW 32 gpm, THEN place 1HP-31 in AUTO 4.125 Monitor RCP seal parameters.
-7 for desired letdown flow.
4.126 Maintain RCP seal injection flows as required.
4.122 Open the following:1HP
4.127 Log thermal cycle of 1A HPI header.
-228, 1HP-226,1HP-232, 1HP-230 4.123 Open 1HP-21. 4.124 IAAT THEN place 1HP-31 in AUTO 4.125 Monitor RCP seal parameters.
4.128 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT this procedure.
4.126 Maintain RCP seal injection flows as required.
4.127 Log thermal cycle of 1A HPI header.
4.128 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT this procedure.
Note: Crew may enter AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) as a result of high seal return temperatures. Steps are on the next page.
Note: Crew may enter AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) as a result of high seal return temperatures. Steps are on the next page.
This event is complete when 1HP
This event is complete when 1HP-31 is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
-31 is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 15 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 16 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3         Event No.:   5             Page 3 of 3 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3                 Event No.:   5                   Page 3 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
1A HPI pump trips and standby HPI pump fails to auto start (TS)
1A HPI pump trips and standby HPI pump fails to auto start (TS)
Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) 4.1 IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria- (does not)
Time       Position                               Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation)
RNO: GO TO Step 4.12 4.12 IAAT all of the following apply:
OATC/BOP        4.1 IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria (does not)
Any RCP approaching immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.12 4.12 IAAT all of the following apply:
It is desired to secure a RCP THEN perform Steps 4.13  
* Any RCP approaching immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1.
- 4.15: RNO: GO TO Step 4.16 4.1 6  Announce AP entry using the PA system.
* It is desired to secure a RCP THEN perform Steps 4.13 - 4.15:
4.1 7  Notify OSM to request evaluation by RCP Component Engineer.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.16 4.16 Announce AP entry using the PA system.
4.1 8  IAAT the failure is identified, THEN GO TO the applicable section per the following table:
4.17 Notify OSM to request evaluation by RCP Component Engineer.
4.18 IAAT the failure is identified, THEN GO TO the applicable section per the following table:
4D Loss of Seal Return AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) Section 4D
4D Loss of Seal Return AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) Section 4D
: 1. IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria-(does not) RNO: GO TO Step 12 12. Monitor RCP parameters for abnormalities (Turn on Code "RCP")
: 1. IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria (does not)
. 13. Open 1HP-20 and 1HP
RNO: GO TO Step 12
-21 14. Open1HP-228, 1HP-226, 1HP-232, and 1HP
: 12. Monitor RCP parameters for abnormalities (Turn on Code RCP).
-230 15. Verify either of the following- (not met)
: 13. Open 1HP-20 and 1HP-21
RNO GO TO Step 17. 1 7. Verify RCP seal return low flow alarms off.
: 14. Open1HP-228, 1HP-226, 1HP-232, and 1HP-230
: 15. Verify either of the following (not met)
RNO GO TO Step 17.
: 17. Verify RCP seal return low flow alarms off.
RNO: Request that RCP Component Engineer provide the following:
RNO: Request that RCP Component Engineer provide the following:
Immediate evaluation Additional monitoring requirements EXAMINER CUE: If candidate attempts to monitor the Loose part Monitor, indicate that the noise is normal. EXAMINER NOTE: Due to sequence of events, SRO may not review the TS during the scenario. Follow
* Immediate evaluation
-up questions may be required to ensure knowledge of this competency. Tech Spec 3.5.2 High Pressure Injection Condition "A" Required Action: Restore HPI pump to OPERABLE status Completion Time: 72 hours This event is complete when 1HP
* Additional monitoring requirements EXAMINER CUE: If candidate attempts to monitor the Loose part Monitor, indicate that the noise is normal.
-31 is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
EXAMINER NOTE: Due to sequence of events, SRO may not review the TS during the scenario. Follow-up questions may be required to ensure knowledge of this competency. Tech Spec 3.5.2 High Pressure Injection
* Condition A
* Required Action: Restore HPI pump to OPERABLE status
* Completion Time: 72 hours This event is complete when 1HP-31 is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 16 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 17 of 40  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4   Scenario No.:   3                   Event No.:    6     Page 1 of 3 Event
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.: 3             Event No.:    6               Page 1 of 3 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS Time       Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior Plant Response:
Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC        OATC               
An automatic RX trip should have occurred due to the Main Feedwater pump trip Crew Response:
 
The SRO will direct the OATC to perform EOP Immediate Manual Actions The SRO will direct the BOP to perform a Symptoms Check OATC      EOP Immediate Manual Actions:
Plant Response:
3.1 Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.
An automatic RX trip should have occurred due to the Main Feedwater pump trip Crew Response:
3.2 Verify reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing. (Power will not be decreasing)
The SRO will direct the OATC to perform EOP Immediate Manual Actions The SRO will direct the BOP to perform a Symptoms Check EOP Immediate Manual Actions:
3.1 Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.
3.2 Verify reactor power < 5% FP and decreasin
: g. (Power will not be decreasing)
RNO: GO TO Rule 1 (ATWS/Unanticipated Nuclear Power Production)
RNO: GO TO Rule 1 (ATWS/Unanticipated Nuclear Power Production)
EOP Rule 1 (CT-24) 1. RNO: IF in MODE 1 or 2 THEN GO TO Step 2
EOP Rule 1 (CT-24)
: 1. Verify any Power Range NI  5% FP OATC RNO: IF in MODE 1 or 2 THEN GO TO Step 2
: 2. Initiate manual control rod insertion to the IN LIMIT
: 2. Initiate manual control rod insertion to the IN LIMIT
: 3. Notify CR SRO to GO TO UNPP tab (see next page
: 3. Notify CR SRO to GO TO UNPP tab (see next page)
) 4. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP
: 4. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP-25
-25 5. Ensure only one of the following operating:
: 5. Ensure only one of the following operating:
1A HPI PUMP 1B HPI PUMP
* 1A HPI PUMP
* 1B HPI PUMP
: 6. Start 1C HPI PUMP
: 6. Start 1C HPI PUMP
: 7. Open 1HP-26 and 1HP
: 7. Open 1HP-26 and 1HP-27 (Note: 1HP-26 will Not OPEN)
-27 (Note: 1HP-26 will Not OPEN
RNO IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, Then open 1HP-410
) RNO IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, Then open 1HP
: 8. Dispatch one operator without wearing Arc Flash PPE to open 600V CRD breakers on the following:
-410 8. Dispatch one operator without wearing Arc Flash PPE to open 600V CRD breakers on the following:
* 1X9-5C (Unit 1 CRD Norm Fdr Bkr)
1X9-5C (Unit 1 CRD Norm Fdr Bkr) 2X1-5B (Unit 1 CRD Alternate Fdr Bkr)
* 2X1-5B (Unit 1 CRD Alternate Fdr Bkr)
Booth Cue: When contacted to open CRD breakers, FIRE TIMER 14 to Trip CRD breakers (4 minutes timer) 9. Verify only two HPI pumps operating RNO: IF all HPI pumps operating, THEN perform the following:
Booth Cue: When contacted to open CRD breakers, FIRE TIMER 14 to Trip CRD breakers (4 minutes timer)
(does not apply
: 9. Verify only two HPI pumps operating RNO: IF all HPI pumps operating, THEN perform the following:
) 10. EXIT this rule   This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the Subsequent Actions tab, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
(does not apply)
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 18 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4   Scenario No.:   3                   Event No.:    6     Page 2 of 4 Event
: 10. EXIT this rule This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the Subsequent Actions tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 17 of 40
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.: 3             Event No.:    6             Page 2 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS Time       Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior   SRO              Crew Response:
SRO        EOP UNPP tab:
EOP UNPP tab:
: 1. Ensure Rule 1 is in progress or complete
: 1. Ensure Rule 1 is in progress or complete
: 2. Verify Main FDW is operating and in AUTO RNO: IF MFDW is operating in MAN, THEN adjust MFDW flow, as necessary, to control RCS temperature
: 2. Verify Main FDW is operating and in AUTO RNO: IF MFDW is operating in MAN, THEN adjust MFDW flow, as necessary, to control RCS temperature
: 3. IAAT Main FDW is NOT operating, THEN perform the following:
: 3. IAAT Main FDW is NOT operating, THEN perform the following:
A. Trip the turbine
A. Trip the turbine-generator B. Start all available EFDW pumps C. Ensure Rule 3 is in progress or complete (See Page 20)
-generator B. Start all available EFDW pumps C. Ensure Rule 3 is in progress or complete (See Page
: 4. IAAT all power range Nis are < 5% FP, THEN perform Steps 5-6 RNO: GO TO Step 7
: 20) 4. IAAT all power range Nis are < 5% FP, THEN perform Steps 5
: 5. Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton
-6 RNO: GO TO Step 7 5. Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton
: 6. Verify all turbine stop valves closed
: 6. Verify all turbine stop valves closed
: 7. Verify any wide range NI > 1% FP RNO: GO TO Step 16 8. Open 1RC-4 9. Verify1HP-5 open 10. Maximize letdown
: 7. Verify any wide range NI > 1% FP RNO: GO TO Step 16
: 11. Verify Main FDW available RNO: GO TO Step 13 12. Adjust Main FDW flow as necessary to control RCS temperature
: 8. Open 1RC-4
: 13. Verify overcooling in progress RNO: GO TO Step 16 16. Secure makeup to LDST
: 9. Verify1HP-5 open
: 17. WHEN all AND decreasing, THEN continue 18. Control RCS temperature using the following methods: __ - Adjust SG pressure as necessary to stabilize RCS temperature using either of the following:
: 10. Maximize letdown
TBVs Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24
: 11. Verify Main FDW available RNO: GO TO Step 13
__ - Utilize Rule 7 (SG Feed Control) to control SG feed rate as necessary to maintain cooldown rate within Tech Spec limits during the approach to the SG Level Control Point
: 12. Adjust Main FDW flow as necessary to control RCS temperature
: 13. Verify overcooling in progress RNO: GO TO Step 16
: 16. Secure makeup to LDST
: 17. WHEN all Wide Range Nis are  1% FP, AND decreasing, THEN continue
: 18. Control RCS temperature using the following methods:
__ Tave  555&deg;F - Adjust SG pressure as necessary to stabilize RCS temperature using either of the following:
* TBVs
* Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24
__ Tave > 555&deg;F - Utilize Rule 7 (SG Feed Control) to control SG feed rate as necessary to maintain cooldown rate within Tech Spec limits during the approach to the SG Level Control Point
: 19. Throttle HPI per Rule 6 (HPI)
: 19. Throttle HPI per Rule 6 (HPI)
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the Subsequent Actions tab, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the Subsequent Actions tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 19 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4   Scenario No.:   3                   Event No.:   6     Page 3 of 4 Event
Page 18 of 40
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.: 3               Event No.:   6               Page 3 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS Time       Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO              Crew Response:
SRO          20. WHEN RCS pressure < 2300 psig, THEN continue
: 20. WHEN RCS pressure <
: 21. Verify PORV closed
2300 psig, THEN continue 21. Verify PORV closed
: 22. Adjust letdown flow as desired
: 22. Adjust letdown flow as desired
: 23. Verify RCP seal injection available
: 23. Verify RCP seal injection available
: 24. GO TO Subsequent Actions tab EOP Subsequent Actions tab:
: 24. GO TO Subsequent Actions tab EOP Subsequent Actions tab:
4.1 Verify all control rods in Groups 1
4.1 Verify all control rods in Groups 1-7 fully inserted 4.2 Verify Main FDW in operation 4.3 Verify either of the following:
-7 fully inserted 4.2 Verify Main FDW in operation 4.3 Verify either of the following:
__ Main FDW overfeeding causing excessive temperature decrease
__ Main FDW overfeeding causing excessive temperature decrease
__ Main FDW underfeeding causing SG level decrease below setpoint RNO: GO TO Step 4.5 4.5 IAAT Main FDW is operating, AND level in any SG is > 96% on the Operating Range, THEN perform Steps 4.6  
__ Main FDW underfeeding causing SG level decrease below setpoint RNO: GO TO Step 4.5 4.5 IAAT Main FDW is operating, AND level in any SG is > 96% on the Operating Range, THEN perform Steps 4.6 - 4.8 RNO: GO TO Step 4.9 4.9 IAAT TBVs CANNOT control SG pressure at desired setpoint, THEN manually control pressure in affected SG using either of the following:
- 4.8 RNO: GO TO Step 4.9 4.9 IAAT TBVs CANNOT control SG pressure at desired setpoint, THEN manually control pressure in affected SG using either of the following:
__ TBVs
__ TBVs __ Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs) (PS) 4.10 Verify 1RIA
__ Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs) (PS) 4.10 Verify 1RIA-40 operable with CSAE OFF-GAS BLOWER operating 4.11 GO TO Step 4.14 4.14 Dispatch operator with Encl 5.29 (MSRV Locations) to verify all MSRVs have reseated 4.15 Verify ES is required RNO: 1. Initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control) (Page 31)
-40 operable with CSAE OFF
: 2. GO TO Step 4.17 This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the Subsequent Actions tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
-GAS BLOWER operating 4.11 GO TO Step 4.14 4.14 Dispatch operator with Encl 5.29 (MSRV Locations) to verify all MSRVs have reseated 4.15 Verify ES is required RN O: 1. Initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control) (Page 31) 2. GO TO Step 4.17 This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the Subsequent Actions tab, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
Page 19 of 40
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 20 of 40  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4   Scenario No.:   3                   Event No.:   6     Page 4 of 4 Event
 
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44   Scenario No.: 3                     Event No.: 6         Page 4 of 4 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS Time       Position                           Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/     EOP Rule 3 OATC
Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC         
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding RNO: GO TO Step 3
 
: 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency)
EOP Rule 3
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding RNO: GO TO Step 3 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency)
AND any of the following exist:
AND any of the following exist:
RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit Pzr level reaches 375" [340" acc]
* RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
* Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs
: 6. GO TO Step 37 37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 3 8-42 RNO: GO TO Step 43 43. Verify a n RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Geed Control), THEN throttle EFDW, as necessary
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating
: 44. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation)
: 6. GO TO Step 37
(page 25) 45. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the Subsequent Actions tab, or as directed by the L ead Examiner.
: 37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38-42 RNO: GO TO Step 43
Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 21 of 40  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No
: 43. Verify any SCM  0&deg;F RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Geed Control),
.: 3   Event No.:
THEN throttle EFDW, as necessary
7     Page 1 of 9 Event
: 44. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) (page 25)
: 45. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the Subsequent Actions tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 20 of 40
 
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                       Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3                 Event No.: 7           Page 1 of 9 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT
* Reactor will trip (if not already tripped)
-4   Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
* MFBs will de-energize
 
* CT-1 Lockout
SRO/OATC SRO/BOP Plant Response Reactor will trip (if not already tripped)
* KHU-2 Emergency Lockout (Aligned to underground)
MFBs will de
-energize CT-1 Lockout KHU-2 Emergency Lockout (Aligned to underground)
Crew Response:
Crew Response:
SRO directs OATC to perform Immediate Manual Actions (IMAs):
SRO directs OATC to perform Immediate Manual Actions (IMAs):
Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton Verify Reactor Power < 5% FP and decreasing Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton Verify all turbine stop valves closed Verify RCP seal injection available EXAMINER NOTE: The OATC should determine that RCP Seal Injection and CC are not available and inform the SRO to initiate AP/25. The SRO will then direct an RO to initiate AP/25. When the RO attempts to leave the Control Room, inform him/her that a Unit 2 RO will perform AP/25 actions at the SSF.
* Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton SRO/OATC
* Verify Reactor Power < 5% FP and decreasing
* Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton
* Verify all turbine stop valves closed
* Verify RCP seal injection available EXAMINER NOTE: The OATC should determine that RCP Seal Injection and CC are not available and inform the SRO to initiate AP/25. The SRO will then direct an RO to initiate AP/25. When the RO attempts to leave the Control Room, inform him/her that a Unit 2 RO will perform AP/25 actions at the SSF.
SRO directs BOP to perform Symptoms Check:
SRO directs BOP to perform Symptoms Check:
Power Range NIs < 5% and/or decreasing Loss of Main and Emergency FDW (including unsuccessful manual initiation of EFDW)
* Power Range NIs < 5% and/or decreasing SRO/BOP
Uncontrolled Main Steam Line(s) pressure decrease Steam Generator Tube Rupture o CSAE Offgas alarms o Process Monitor alarms (RIA
* Any SCM  0&deg;F
-40) o Area monitor alarms (RIA
* Loss of Main and Emergency FDW (including unsuccessful manual initiation of EFDW)
-16/17) This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
* Uncontrolled Main Steam Line(s) pressure decrease
* Steam Generator Tube Rupture o   CSAE Offgas alarms o   Process Monitor alarms (RIA-40) o   Area monitor alarms (RIA-16/17)
This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 21 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 22 of 40  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3                 Event No.: 7                   Page 2 of 9 Event
.: 3   Event No.:
7     Page 2 of 9 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT
-4   Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC/  BOP    SRO/BOP  SRO/OATC Crew Response:
SRO will transfer to Subsequent Actions Tab of the EOP after documenting IMAs and will refer to the Parallel Actions Page which will require a transfer to the Blackout Tab due to ALL 4160V switchgear being de-energized.
SRO will transfer to Subsequent Actions Tab of the EOP after documenting IMAs and will refer to the Parallel Actions Page which will require a transfer to the Blackout Tab due to ALL 4160V switchgear being de-energized.
Blackout Tab
Blackout Tab SRO/OATC/      1. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or BOP            complete. (page 24)
: 1. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete. (page 24) 2. Verify two ROs available to perform Control Room actions NOTE: During performance of Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power), progression through the Blackout Tab should continue.
: 2. Verify two ROs available to perform Control Room actions NOTE:
: 3. Notify one RO to perform Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power)
During performance of Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power), progression through the Blackout Tab should continue.
(see page 26) 4. Verify both: Any SG being fed SSF is available
SRO/BOP        3. Notify one RO to perform Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power)
(see page 26)
: 4. Verify both:
SRO/OATC
* Any SG being fed
* SSF is available
: 5. Verify any MD EFDWP operating using diverse indication.
: 5. Verify any MD EFDWP operating using diverse indication.
RNO: Position to OFF:
RNO: Position to OFF:
1A MD EFDWP 1B MD EFDWP
* 1A MD EFDWP
* 1B MD EFDWP
: 6. Verify either:
: 6. Verify either:
Blackout occurred during Mode 3 and <540 degrees F Blackout occurred while in mode 4 with SGs removing decay heat.
* Blackout occurred during Mode 3 and <540 degrees F
RNO: 1. IF SSF is NOT available THEN GO TO Step 7             2. Feed and steam available SGs as necessary to stabilize RCS P/T in bands prescribed by Rule 7 (SG Feed Control)
* Blackout occurred while in mode 4 with SGs removing decay heat.
: 3. GO TO step 8. NOTE: Feeding SGs with EFDW is desired over HPI Forced cooling. Step 8 should be performed prior t o re-performing Rule 3. 100 gpm could cause overcooling i f decay heat levels do NOT exist.
RNO: 1. IF SSF is NOT available THEN GO TO Step 7
: 8. IAAT NO SGs are being fed, AND any source of EFDW (Unit 1 or another unit) becomes available, THEN perform steps 9  
: 2. Feed and steam available SGs as necessary to stabilize RCS P/T in bands prescribed by Rule 7 (SG Feed Control)
- 11. RNO: GO TO step 12 This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
: 3. GO TO step 8.
NOTE:
Feeding SGs with EFDW is desired over HPI Forced cooling. Step 8 should be performed prior to re-performing Rule 3.
100 gpm could cause overcooling if decay heat levels do NOT exist.
: 8. IAAT NO SGs are being fed, AND any source of EFDW (Unit 1 or another unit) becomes available, THEN perform steps 9 - 11.
RNO: GO TO step 12 This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 22 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 23 of 40  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3                 Event No.: 7                 Page 3 of 9 Event
.: 3   Event No.:
7     Page 3 of 9 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Blackout Tab (continued)
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT
SRO/OATC        12. IAAT EFDW from any source is insufficient to maintain stable RCS P/T, THEN notify SSF operator that feeding SGs with SSF ASW is required.
-4   Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/OATC                Blackout Tab (continued)
: 12. IAAT EFDW from any source is insufficient to maintain stable RCS P/T, THEN notify SSF operator that feeding SGs with SSF ASW is required.
: 13. IAAT power is restored to any of the following:
: 13. IAAT power is restored to any of the following:
__ 1TC __ 1TD __ 1TE THEN GO TO Step 14 RNO: GO TO Step 1 9 19. Verify Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power) in progress or complete EXAMINER NOTE: When power is restored using Encl 5.38, return to Blackout Tab here.
__ 1TC
__ 1TD
__ 1TE THEN GO TO Step 14 RNO: GO TO Step 19
: 19. Verify Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power) in progress or complete EXAMINER NOTE: When power is restored using Encl 5.38, return to Blackout Tab here.
: 13. IAAT power is restored to any of the following:
: 13. IAAT power is restored to any of the following:
1TC 1TD 1TE THEN GO TO Step 14 14. Ensure Step 8 dispositioned appropriately.
* 1TC
* 1TD
* 1TE THEN GO TO Step 14
: 14. Ensure Step 8 dispositioned appropriately.
: 15. Verify SSF activated.
: 15. Verify SSF activated.
RNO: GO TO Step 17 NOTE AP/11 (Recovery From Loss of Power) will transition seal injection from SSF to HPI. 16. Communicate status of SG feed and seal injection to SSF operator using x-2766, radio, or plant page.
RNO: GO TO Step 17 NOTE AP/11 (Recovery From Loss of Power) will transition seal injection from SSF to HPI.
: 17. Initiate AP/11 (Recovery from Loss of Power)
: 16. Communicate status of SG feed and seal injection to SSF operator using x-2766, radio, or plant page.
(see page
: 17. Initiate AP/11 (Recovery from Loss of Power) (see page 28)
: 28) 18. GO TO Subsequence Actions Tab.
: 18. GO TO Subsequence Actions Tab.
This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 23 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 24 of 40  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3               Event No.: 7                 Page 4 of 9 Event
.: 3   Event No.:
7     Page 4 of 9 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/     EOP Rule 3 OATC
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding RNO: GO TO Step 3
-4   Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC                  EOP Rule 3
: 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency)
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding RNO: GO TO Step 3 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency)
AND any of the following exist:
AND any of the following exist:
RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit Pzr level reaches 375" [340" acc]
* RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
* Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs
: 6. GO TO Step 37 37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating
-42 RNO: GO TO Step 43 43. Verify a n RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Geed Control), THEN throttle EFDW, as necessary
: 6. GO TO Step 37
: 44. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation)
: 37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38-42 RNO: GO TO Step 43
(see next page)
: 43. Verify any SCM  0&deg;F RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Geed Control),
: 45. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
THEN throttle EFDW, as necessary
: 44. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) (see next page)
: 45. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 24 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 25 of 40  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3                 Event No.: 7               Page 5 of 9 Event
.: 3   Event No.:
7     Page 5 of 9 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/     Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) as directed by Rule 3 OATC
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT
: 1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
-4   Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC                  Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) as directed by Rule 3 1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
: 2. IAAT UST level is < 4',
: 2. IAAT UST level is < 4', THEN GO TO Step 120 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform Steps 4
THEN GO TO Step 120
-7 RNO: GO TO Step 8 8. Perform the following as required to maintain UST level > 7.5':
: 3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform Steps 4-7 RNO: GO TO Step 8
Makeup with demin water.
: 8. Perform the following as required to maintain UST level > 7.5':
Place CST pumps in AUTO.
* Makeup with demin water.
* Place CST pumps in AUTO.
: 9. IAAT all the following exist:
: 9. IAAT all the following exist:
Rapid cooldown NOT in progress MD EFDWP operating for each available SG EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK.
* Rapid cooldown NOT in progress
* MD EFDWP operating for each available SG
* EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK.
: 10. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
: 10. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
: 11. Start TD EFDWP BEARING OIL COOLING PUMP. NOTE Loss of the condensate system for  25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C
: 11. Start TD EFDWP BEARING OIL COOLING PUMP.
-10 is 10% open.
NOTE
If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
* Loss of the condensate system for  25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C-10 is 10% open.
* If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
: 12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities.
: 12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities.
This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 25 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 26 of 40  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3               Event No.: 7               Page 6 of 9 Event
.: 3   Event No.:
7     Page 6 of 9 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/     EOP Enclosure 5.38 (Restoration of Power)
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT
OATC
-4   Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC EOP Enclosure 5.38 (Restoration of Power)
: 1. Verify power has been restored RNO: GO TO Step 3
: 1. Verify power has been restored RNO: GO TO Step 3 3. Place 1 HP
: 3. Place 1 HP-31 in HAND and reduce demand to 0
-31 in HAND and reduce demand to 0
: 4. Close 1HP-21
: 4. Close 1HP
: 5. Verify any of the following energized:
-21 5. Verify any of the following energized:
__ MFB1
__ MFB1 __ MFB2 RNO: GO TO Step 8 8. Verify CT
__ MFB2 RNO: GO TO Step 8
- RNO: GO TO Step 18 18. Verify both Standby Bus #1 and Standby Bus #2 are de
: 8. Verify CT-1 indicates  4160 volts RNO: GO TO Step 18
-energized 19. Verify both Keowee units operating RNO: 1. Emergency Start Keowee units:
: 18. Verify both Standby Bus #1 and Standby Bus #2 are de-energized
: 19. Verify both Keowee units operating RNO: 1. Emergency Start Keowee units:
__ KEOWEE EMER START CHANNEL A
__ KEOWEE EMER START CHANNEL A
__ KEOWEE EMER START CHANNEL B
__ KEOWEE EMER START CHANNEL B
: 2. IF NO Keowee units are operating, THEN GO TO Step 36 20. Verify both Keowee units in Oconee Control (statalarms on):
: 2. IF NO Keowee units are operating, THEN GO TO Step 36
UNIT 1 OCONEE CONTROL (2SA
: 20. Verify both Keowee units in Oconee Control (statalarms on):
-17/E-1) UNIT 2 OCONEE CONTROL (2SA
* UNIT 1 OCONEE CONTROL (2SA-17/E-1)
-18/E-1). RNO: Notify Keowee Operator to place both Keowee units Master Transfer switches to remote This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
* UNIT 2 OCONEE CONTROL (2SA-18/E-1).
RNO: Notify Keowee Operator to place both Keowee units Master Transfer switches to remote This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 26 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 27 of 40  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3                 Event No.: 7               Page 7 of 9 Event
.: 3   Event No.:
7     Page 7 of 9 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time       Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/     EOP Enclosure 5.38 (continued)
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT
OATC
-4   Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC EOP Enclosure 5.38 (continued)
: 21. Verify both Keowee units operating.
: 21. Verify both Keowee units operating.
RNO:   1. IF UNIT 1 EMER FDR ACB 3 is closed, AND Unit 1 Keowee is NOT operating, THEN open UNIT 1 EMER FDR ACB 3.
RNO:
: 2. IF UNIT 2 EMER FDR ACB 4 is closed, AND Unit 2 Keowee is NOT operating, THEN open UNIT 2 EMER FDR ACB 4.
: 1. IF UNIT 1 EMER FDR ACB 3 is closed, AND Unit 1 Keowee is NOT operating, THEN open UNIT 1 EMER FDR ACB 3.
EXAMINER NOTE
: 2. IF UNIT 2 EMER FDR ACB 4 is closed, AND Unit 2 Keowee is NOT operating, THEN open UNIT 2 EMER FDR ACB 4.
: When power is restored to 1TC, 1TD, or 1TE, IAAT Step 13 (B/O Tab) will apply. Return to the Blackout Tab on page 22 for further actions.
EXAMINER NOTE: When power is restored to 1TC, 1TD, or 1TE, IAAT Step 13 (B/O Tab) will apply. Return to the Blackout Tab on page 22 for further actions.
2 2. Ensure one of the following is closed for an operating Keowee unit:
: 22. Ensure one of the following is closed for an operating Keowee unit:
UNIT 1 EMER FDR ACB 3 (CT-8) 2 3. Verify 4160 volt power has been restored to the MFB.
* UNIT 1 EMER FDR ACB 3 (CT-8)
: 24. GO TO Step 35. 35. Verify any of the following energized:
: 23. Verify 4160 volt power has been restored to the MFB.
1TC 1TD 1TE 35. Notify Unit 1 CR SRO of status of 4160V SWGR.
: 24. GO TO Step 35.
: 35. Verify any of the following energized:
* 1TC
* 1TD
* 1TE
: 35. Notify Unit 1 CR SRO of status of 4160V SWGR.
: 36. EXIT this enclosure This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
: 36. EXIT this enclosure This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 27 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 28 of 40  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44        Scenario No.: 3               Event No.: 8                   Page 8 of 9 Event
.: 3   Event No.:
8     Page 8 of 9 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time       Position                         Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/     AP/11 (Recovery From Loss of Power)
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT
OATC 4.1 Announce AP entry using OMP 1-18 placard.
-4   Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC AP/11 (Recovery From Loss of Power) 4.1 Announce AP entry using OMP 1
4.2 IAAT all exist:
-18 placard.
* 1KI energized
4.2 IAAT all exist: 1KI energized Pzr level > 80>>>&#xdc;>&#xd8;  Pzr heaters are desired, THEN position Pzr heaters to AUTO.
* Pzr level > 80               [180                acc],
4.3 Verify load shed of inverters was performed per Unit 1 EOP Encl (Load Shed of Inverters During SBO).
* Pzr heaters are desired, THEN position Pzr heaters to AUTO.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.9 4.9 Verify load shed has initiated as indicated by either of the following statalarms on:
4.3 Verify load shed of inverters was performed per Unit 1 EOP Encl (Load Shed of Inverters During SBO).
RNO: GO TO Step 4.9 4.9 Verify load shed has initiated as indicated by either of the following statalarms on:
__ 1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE)
__ 1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE)
__ 1 SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE) 4.10 Verify load shed is complete as indicated by LOAD SHED COMPLETE on any ES Module (Channel 1 or 2).
__ 1SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE) 4.10 Verify load shed is complete as indicated by LOAD SHED COMPLETE on any ES Module (Channel 1 or 2).
4.11 Close the following breakers:
4.11 Close the following breakers:
__ 1TC INCOMING FDR BUS 1
__ 1TC INCOMING FDR BUS 1
__ 1TC INCOMING FDR BUS 2
__ 1TC INCOMING FDR BUS 2
__ 1TD INCOMING FDR BUS 1 __ 1TD INCOMING FDR BUS 2
__ 1TD INCOMING FDR BUS 1
__ 1TD INCOMING FDR BUS 2
__ 1TE INCOMING FDR BUS 1
__ 1TE INCOMING FDR BUS 1
__ 1TE INCOMING FDR BUS 2 4.12 Verify 1SA-15/E-6 (EL SWYD ISOLATION CONFIRMED CHNL A LOGIC) is OFF. RNO: GO TO Step 4.15 4.15 Verify any Oconee unit receiving power from its normal source (1T, 2T, 3T). 4.16 Place transfer switches in MAN for all Oconee units receiving power from the normal source (1T, 2T, 3T):
__ 1TE INCOMING FDR BUS 2 4.12 Verify 1SA-15/E-6 (EL SWYD ISOLATION CONFIRMED CHNL A LOGIC) is OFF.
MFB1 AUTO/MAN MFB2 AUTO/MAN TA AUTO/MAN TB AUTO/MAN This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
RNO: GO TO Step 4.15 4.15 Verify any Oconee unit receiving power from its normal source (1T, 2T, 3T).
4.16 Place transfer switches in MAN for all Oconee units receiving power from the normal source (1T, 2T, 3T):
* MFB1 AUTO/MAN
* MFB2 AUTO/MAN
* TA AUTO/MAN
* TB AUTO/MAN This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 28 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 29 of 40  Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.: 3               Event No.: 7                   Page 9 of 9 Event
.: 3   Event No.:
7     Page 9 of 9 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
 
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time       Position                           Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/     AP/11 (Continued)
Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT
OATC 4.17 Verify load shed was initiated as indicated by either of the following statalarms on:
-4   Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ OATC AP/11 (Continued) 4.17 Verify load shed was initiated as indicated by either of the following statalarms on:
* 1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE)
1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE) 1SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE) 4.18 Verify ES has occurred.
* 1SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE) 4.18 Verify ES has occurred.
RNO: GO TO Step 20 4.20 Simulta AOusly press RESET on both of the following pushbuttons to reset Main Feeder Bus Monitor Panel Load Shed Circuitry:
RNO: GO TO Step 20 4.20 SimultaAOusly press RESET on both of the following pushbuttons to reset Main Feeder Bus Monitor Panel Load Shed Circuitry:
MFB UNDERVOLTAGE CHANNEL 1 RESET MFB UNDERVOLTAGE CHANNEL 2 RESET 4.21 Verify load shed signal reset as indicated by both of the following statalarms off:
* MFB UNDERVOLTAGE CHANNEL 1 RESET
1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE) 1SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE) 4.22 IAAT electrical loads are added, AND any MFB is energized by:
* MFB UNDERVOLTAGE CHANNEL 2 RESET 4.21 Verify load shed signal reset as indicated by both of the following statalarms off:
CT-4 CT-5 Backcharged 1T THEN ensure transformer within limits of the applicable enclosure.
* 1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE)
4.23 Verify power is being supplied to U1 Main Feeder Bus through CT
* 1SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE) 4.22 IAAT electrical loads are added, AND any MFB is energized by:
-4 underground path.
* CT-4
* CT-5
* Backcharged 1T THEN ensure transformer within limits of the applicable enclosure.
4.23 Verify power is being supplied to U1 Main Feeder Bus through CT-4 underground path.
4.24 Place all CBP control switches to OFF.
4.24 Place all CBP control switches to OFF.
4.25 GO TO Step 4.214 This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
4.25 GO TO Step 4.214 This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 29 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 30 of 40    Op-Test No.: ILT4 4  Scenario No.:   3       Event No.:
Appendix D                             Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44          Scenario No.:   3             Event No.: 8         Page 1 of 1 Event
8               Page 1 of 1 Event


== Description:==
== Description:==
TDEFWP trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior
TDEFWP trips Time   Position                             Applicant's Actions or Behavior Examiners Note: Once power is restored to the MFBs, the TDEFWP will fail. This will prompt the SRO to direct an RO to re-perform Rule 3 to start the MDEFWPs since the switches for them were placed in OFF during the Blackout.
 
ALL      EOP Rule 3
ALL Examiners Note: Once power is restored to the MFB's, the TDEFWP will fail. This will prompt the SRO to direct an RO to re
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding RNO: GO TO Step 3
-perform Rule 3 to start the MDEFWP's since the switches for them were placed in OFF during the Blackout. EOP Rule 3
: 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency)
: 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding RNO: GO TO Step 3 3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency)
AND any of the following exist:
AND any of the following exist:
RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit Pzr level reaches 375" [340" acc]
* RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
* Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)
THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating
: 4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs
: 6. GO TO Step 37 37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38
: 5. Verify any EFDW pump operating
-42 RNO: GO TO Step 43 43. Verify a n RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Geed Control), THEN throttle EFDW, as necessary
: 6. GO TO Step 37
: 44. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation)
: 37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38-42 RNO: GO TO Step 43
(page 25) 45. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete when the MD EFDW pumps have been restarted, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
: 43. Verify any SCM  0&deg;F RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Geed Control),
THEN throttle EFDW, as necessary
: 44. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) (page 25)
: 45. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete when the MD EFDW pumps have been restarted, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.
Page 30 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 31 of 40  Page 1 of 8 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See below.
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 1 of 8 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See below.
ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.
: 1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain desired Pzr level:
: 1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain       __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, desired Pzr level:                                     THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
1A HPI Pump 1B HPI Pump 1HP-26 1HP-7 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand 1HP-5 __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
* 1A HPI Pump                                     desired Pzr level.
-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.
* 1B HPI Pump
: 2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired,   THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
* 1HP-26
* 1HP-7
* 1HP-120 setpoint or valve demand
* 1HP-5
: 2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
: 4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
: 4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:
A. Open: __ 1CS-26 __ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP
A. Open:
-14 to BLEED.
__ 1CS-26
__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED.
C. Notify SRO.
C. Notify SRO.
: 5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP
: 5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
-14 to NORMAL.
Page 31 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 32 of 40  Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                           Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                           RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, THEN perform Steps 7 - 9. __ GO TO Step 10. 7. Open: 1HP-24  1HP-25 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
: 6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required,               __ GO TO Step 10.
-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
THEN perform Steps 7 - 9.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
: 7. Open:                                     1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
* 1HP-24                                      (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* 1HP-25 A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
C. Open:
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
__ 1LP-15
F. __ GO TO Step 8. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
__ 1LP-16
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP. B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
__ 1LP-9
C. __ GO TO Step 9.
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GO TO Step 8.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:
A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.
C. __ GO TO Step 9.
Page 32 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 33 of 40  Page3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                                 Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.
: 8. Start 1C HPI PUMP.                               __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
__ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP
: 9. Throttle the following as required to         1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, maintain desired Pzr level:                          AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
* 1HP-26 desired Pzr level.
: 9. Throttle the following as required to maintain desired Pzr level:
* 1HP-27
1HP-26  1HP-27 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
: 2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
-410 to maintain desired Pzr level.
Page 33 of 40
: 2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP
-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 34 of 40  Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                         Required Operator Actions                           Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                         RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be maintained, THEN perform Step
: 10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be               __ GO TO Step 12.
: 11. __ GO TO Step 12. 11. Perform the following:
maintained, THEN perform Step 11.
Open 1HP-24. Open 1HP-25. Close 1HP-16. 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves (1HP-24 and 1HP
: 11. Perform the following:               1. __ IF both BWST suction valves
-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* Open 1HP-24.                              (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed, THEN perform the following:
* Open 1HP-25.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.
* Close 1HP-16.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.
C. Open: __ 1LP-15 __ 1LP-16 __ 1LP-9 __ 1LP-10 __ 1LP-6 __ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
C. Open:
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A 119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
__ 1LP-15
F. __ G O TO Step 12. 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
__ 1LP-16
__ 1LP-9
__ 1LP-10
__ 1LP-6
__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.
E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).
F. __ GO TO Step 12.
: 2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.
Page 34 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 35 of 40  Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                               Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 12. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
: 12. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
: 13. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
: 13. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
Open 1HP-17. Open 1HP-18 14. IAAT all of the following exist:
* Open 1HP-17.
Letdown isolated LPSW available Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 15 - 33. {41} __ GO TO Step 34. 15. Open: 1CC-7  1CC-8 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be restored due to inability to restart the CC system. 2. __ GO TO Step 34. 16. Ensure only one CC pump running.
* Open 1HP-18
: 17. Place the non
: 14. IAAT all of the following exist:               __ GO TO Step 34.
-running CC pump in AUTO. 18. Verify both are open: 1HP-1  1HP-2 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP
* Letdown isolated
-3 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 20. 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP
* LPSW available
-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 20. 19. GO TO Step 22. NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.
* Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 15 - 33. {41}
: 20. Verify letdown line leak in East Penetration Room has occurred.
: 15. Open:                                       1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be
__ GO TO Step 22. 21. GO TO Step 34.  
* 1CC-7                                            restored due to inability to restart the CC
* 1CC-8                                            system.
: 2. __ GO TO Step 34.
: 16. Ensure only one CC pump running.
: 17. Place the non-running CC pump in AUTO.
: 18. Verify both are open:                       1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP-3 failing to
* 1HP-1                                            close,
* 1HP-2                                            THEN GO TO Step 20.
: 2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 20.
: 19. GO TO Step 22.
NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.
: 20. Verify letdown line leak in East               __ GO TO Step 22.
Penetration Room has occurred.
: 21. GO TO Step 34.
Page 35 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 36 of 40  Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                             Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 22. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
: 22. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
: 23. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed in service.
: 23. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed   1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in in service.                                      service, THEN open:
: 1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-1 __1HP-3 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open: __1HP-2 __1HP-4 3. __ GO TO Step 25. 24. Open: 1HP-1 1HP-2 1HP-3 1HP-4 25. Verify at least one letdown cooler is aligned. Perform the following:
__1HP-1
A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.
__1HP-3
B. __ GO TO Step 34. 26. Close 1HP-6. 27. Close 1HP-7. 28. Verify letdown temperature <
: 2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open:
125 F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13. 2. Close: __1HP-8 __1HP-9&11 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:
__1HP-2
A. __Select 1HP
__1HP-4
-14 to NORMAL.
: 3. __ GO TO Step 25.
B. __Close 1HP
: 24. Open:
-16. 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.
* 1HP-1
* 1HP-2
* 1HP-3
* 1HP-4
: 25. Verify at least one letdown cooler is         Perform the following:
aligned.                                      A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.
B. __ GO TO Step 34.
: 26. Close 1HP-6.
: 27. Close 1HP-7.
: 28. Verify letdown temperature < 125&deg;F.         1. __ Open 1HP-13.
: 2. Close:
__1HP-8
__1HP-9&11
: 3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:
A.       __Select 1HP-14 to NORMAL.
B.       __Close 1HP-16.
: 4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.
Page 36 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 37 of 40  Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                         Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 29. Open 1HP-5. 30. Adjust 1HP
: 29. Open 1HP-5.
-7 for  20 gpm letdown.
: 30. Adjust 1HP-7 for  20 gpm letdown.
: 31. WHEN letdown temperature is <
: 31. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125&deg;F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
125 F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
: 32. Open 1HP-6.
: 32. Open 1HP-6. 33. Adjust 1HP
: 33. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.
-7 to control desired letdown flow. NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level. 34. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level.
: 34. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
: 35. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:
: 35. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:
A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.
A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.
Line 2,013: Line 2,478:
C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.
C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.
: 36. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
: 36. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
Makeup from BWST NOT required LDST level > 55 All control rods inserted Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close: 1HP-24 1HP-25 Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 38 of 4 0  Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
* Makeup from BWST NOT required
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
* LDST level > 55
: 37. Verify 1CS
* All control rods inserted
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.
* Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close:
__ GO TO Step 39. 38. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:
* 1HP-24
A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. B. Locally position 1CS
* 1HP-25 Page 37 of 40
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A 107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
 
C. Close 1CS-46. D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. E. Locally throttle 1CS
Appendix D                               Required Operator Actions                   Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)
-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90  
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
- 110 psig discharge pressure.
: 37. Verify 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has             __ GO TO Step 39.
F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP. 39. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, AND only one Letdown filter is desired.
been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.
__ GO TO Step 41. 40. Perform one of the following:
: 38. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:
Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.
A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.
B. Locally position 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
C. Close 1CS-46.
D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
E. Locally throttle 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90 - 110 psig discharge pressure.
F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.
: 39. Verify two Letdown Filters in service,         __ GO TO Step 41.
AND only one Letdown filter is desired.
: 40. Perform one of the following:
* Place 1HP-17 switch to CLOSE.
* Place 1HP-18 switch to CLOSE.
: 41. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
: 41. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
END  
                                                * *
* END
* Page 38 of 40
 
Appendix D                          Required Operator Actions            Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam CRITICAL TASKS
: 1. CT-24, Shutdown reactor (Page 17)
: 2. CT-8, Restore Power from CT-4 Standby BUS 1 or 2 Feeder (Page 27)
Page 39 of 40


Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 39 of 40  CRITICAL TASKS
Appendix D                                       Scenario Outline                                     Form ES-D-1 ILT43 Audit Exam SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (OSM)
: 1. CT-24 , Shutdown reactor (Page 17)  2. CT-8 , Restore Power from CT
SSF Operable: No       KHU's Operable: U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable: 2           Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CR SRO)
-4 Standby BUS 1 or 2 Feeder (Page 27)
Unit 1 Simulator                                         Other Units Mode: 2                                                   Unit 2                         Unit 3 Reactor Power: 0.02%                           Mode: 1                         Mode: 1 Gross MWE: N/A                                 100% Power                     100% Power RCS Leakage: 0.024 gpm                         EFDW Backup: Yes               EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate: 0.01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CR SRO)
Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 ILT43 Audit Exam SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (OSM)
Component/Train                   OOS                 Restoration              TS/SLC #
SSF Operable:
Date/Time               Required Date/Time SSF                                 Yesterday 0000               6 Days         TS 3.10.1 A B C D E Shift Turnover Items (CR SRO)
No KHU's Operable:
Primary
U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable:
* Tave = 536&deg;F
2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CR SRO)
* Increase Reactor power to 6 -7%
Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 2 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power: 0.02% Mode: 1 Mode: 1 Gross MWE: N/A 100% Power 100% Power RCS Leakage: 0.024 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate: 0.01 gpm   Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CR SRO)
* Startup procedure at step 3.36 (OP/1/A/1102/001, Enclosure 4.7)
Component/Train OOS Date/Time Restoration Required Date/Time TS/SLC # SSF Yesterday 0000 6 Days TS 3.10.1 A B C D E Shift Turnover Items (CR SRO)
    *
Primary Tave = 536 Increase Reactor power to 6 -7% Startup procedure at step 3.36 (OP/1/A/1102/001 , Enclosure 4.7)     Secondary 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD
* Secondary
-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event.
* 1SSH-1, 1SSH-3, 1SD-2, 1SD-5, 1SD-140, 1SD-303, 1SD-355, 1SD-356 and 1SD-358 are closed with power supply breakers open per the Startup Procedure for SSF Overcooling Event.
1AS-35 throttled per Secondary Chemist to provide steam to E heaters for secondary O2 removal.
* 1AS-35 throttled per Secondary Chemist to provide steam to E heaters for secondary O2 removal.
Reactivity Management (CR SRO)
    *
RCS Boron = 1680 ppmb Rod position Gp 7 5% WD R 1 Reactivity management controls established in the Control Room per SOMP 01-02 Human Performance Emphasis (OSM)
    *
    *
* Reactivity Management (CR SRO)
R1 Reactivity management controls RCS Boron = 1680 Rod position Gp 7 5% WD       established in the Control Room per SOMP ppmb 01-02 Human Performance Emphasis (OSM)
Procedure Use and Adherence}}
Procedure Use and Adherence}}

Revision as of 06:35, 4 November 2019

Initial Exam 2013-302 Draft Simulator Scenarios
ML14084A039
Person / Time
Site: Oconee  Duke Energy icon.png
Issue date: 03/21/2014
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Duke Energy Corp
References
50-269/13-302, 50-270/13-302, 50-287/13-302, ES-D-1 50-269/13-302, 50-270/13-302, 50-287/13-302
Download: ML14084A039 (116)


Text

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 ILT44 NRC Exam Facility: Oconee Scenario No.: 1 Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________ Operators: ________________________SRO

________________________ ________________________OATC

________________________ ________________________BOP Initial Conditions:

  • Reactor Power = 100% Unit 2: 100%, Unit 3: 100%

Turnover:

  • Reactor power at 100%
  • SASS in Manual Event Malfunction Event Event Type* Description No. No.

0a Override SASS in Manual 0b Override 1HP-24 failed closed 1 Pressurize LDST with H2 (1H-1 will fail open Override C: BOP, SRO (TS) requiring LDST vent to return to acceptable LDST pressure) 2 Override C, BOP, SRO HPSW Jockey Pump trips MPI 281, 3 I: OATC, SRO Tc Controller Fails HIGH (A Loop Hot) 68%

4 MPS061, 10 C, BOP, SRO 1A Letdown Cooler Leak MSI070 5 I: OATC, SRO 1A SG Outlet Pressure Fails HIGH MSI261 60 gpm leak in 1A SG requiring a manual power 6 MPS010,1.3 R: OATC, SRO (TS) reduction MSS010 MSS020 Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater 7 MSS260 M: ALL LOHT Tab MSS270 CBP feed MSS330 CBPs trip requiring HPI Forced cooling 8 Override ALL 1HP-24 will not open Transfer to HPI CD Tab

  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 1 Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

Pressurize LDST with Hydrogen (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew response:

SRO

  • Direct the BOP to add H2 to the LDST using OP/1/A/1106/017 (Hydrogen System) Enclosure 4.5 (Unit 1 LDST H2 Addition).

SRO/BOP

  • Enclosure 4.5 (Unit 1 LDST H2 Addition) will:

2.1 Notify Chemistry of hydrogen addition prior to adding hydrogen.

NOTE:

  • OP/0/A/1108/001 (Curves And General Information) and computer may be referred to for LDST Pressure vs. Level curve.
  • LDST Maximum Pressure vs Indicated Level Curve should NOT be exceeded when pressurizing LDST.

2.2 Immediately prior to pressurization determine lowest reading of diverse LDST level indications: _____ inches.

2.3 For existing LDST level determine LDST Pressure allowable per LDST Pressure vs. Level curve: _____ psig.

2.4 Notify Operator at H2 Cage to pressurize primary hydrogen.

NOTE: Operator should be in constant communication with CR to close 1H-26 if 1H-1 fails open.

BOOTH CUE: When directed to open 1H-26, use Manual Valves and position 1H-93 approximately 20% open 2.5 Direct Operator to open 1H-26 (LDST Block).

2.6 Direct Operator in field to monitor explosive detector.

2.7 Cycle 1H-1 (LDST SUPPLY) as required to pressurize LDST per LDST Pressure vs Level curve.

Examiner Booth Note: Once LDST pressure is being increased, 1H-1 (LDST SUPPLY) will fail open.

2.8 WHEN Hydrogen addition complete, ensure closed 1H-1(LDST SUPPLY).

This event is complete when LDST pressure has been returned to the acceptable range and the SRO has made the Tech Spec determination OR as directed by lead examiner.

Page 2 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 1 Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

Pressurize LDST with Hydrogen (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

  • LDST pressure will continue to increase.
  • 1SA-02/D-2, HP Approaching LDST Operating Limits, actuates Crew response:

SRO/BOP

  • BOP should determine that 1H-1 has failed open and direct the NLO to close 1H-26.

Examiner Note: 1H-26 will not be closed until LDST pressure is outside acceptable range.

  • Refer to the ARG.
  • Verify LDST pressure/level are within the acceptable operating region of SRO the LDST PRESSURE vs. LEVEL enclosure in OP/0/A/1108/001 (Curves and General Information).

IF necessary, vent LDST to GWD per OP/1/A/1104/002 (HPI System).

  • LDST PRESSURE vs. LEVEL enclosure in OP/0/A/1108/001 (Curves and General Information) directs the following:
  • If LDST Pressure vs. Level is above and to the left of Curve 1, then SRO/BOP declare BOTH trains of HPI INOPERABLE.

o Immediately depressurize LDST below Curve 1.

o Refer to TS 3.0.3 for shutdown requirements.

o Make notifications as required by OMP 1-14 (Notifications).

SRO Applicable Tech Specs:

3.5.2 Condition C (Action C.3) 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> completion time 3.5.2 Condition H (Action H.1) Enter 3.0.3 Immediately LCO 3.0.3 requires Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

  • Direct the ROs to vent LDST to GWD per OP/1/A/1104/002 (HPI System),

Encl. 4.16, (Lowering LDST Pressure)

  • Review Limits and Precautions 3.1 Direct Operator to Close 1GWD-20 (LDST Vent Blk).

3,2 Open 1GWD-19 (LDST VENT).

3.3 Direct Operator to throttle open 1GWD-20 (LDST Vent Blk) until LDST pressure begins to slowly decrease and GWD system can maintain vent header.

3.4 IF required, start Standby GWD Compressor per OP/1-2/A/1104/018 (GWD System). (See Next Page) 3.5 WHEN desired LDST pressure obtained, close 1GWD-19 (LDST VENT) 3.6 If started, stop Standby GWD Compressor 3.7 Throttle 1/4 turn open 1GWD-20.

This event is complete when LDST pressure has been returned to the acceptable range and the SRO has made the Tech Spec determination OR as directed by lead examiner.

Page 3 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 1 Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

Pressurize LDST with Hydrogen (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior BOP OP/1-2/A/1104/018 (GWD System) Enclosure 4.1

1. Initial Conditions None
2. Procedure 2.1 IF desired to start 'A' GWD Compressor, perform the following:

2.1.1 Begin monitoring Vent Header pressure.

2.1.2 Open DW-140 ('A' GWD COMP DW MAKEUP).

2.1.3 Start 'A' GWD COMPRESSOR.

2.1.4 Place DW-140 ('A' GWD COMP DW MAKEUP) in "AUTO".

2.1.5 Verify GWD-8 ('A' SEPARATOR TANK DRAIN) closed.

2.2 IF desired to start 'B' GWD Compressor, perform the following:

2.2.1 Open DW-142 ('B' GWD COMP DW MAKEUP).

2.2.2 Start 'B' GWD COMPRESSOR.

2.2.3 Place DW-142 ('B' GWD COMP DW MAKEUP) in "AUTO".

2.2.4 Verify GWD-9 ('B' SEPARATOR TANK DRAIN) closed.

2.3 IF desired to stop 'A' GWD Compressor, perform the following:

2.3.1 Ensure another compressor is carrying the header.

2.3.2 Stop 'A' GWD COMPRESSOR.

2.4 IF desired to stop 'B' GWD Compressor, perform the following:

2.4.1 Ensure another compressor is carrying the header.

2.4.2 Stop 'B' GWD COMPRESSOR.

This event is complete when LDST pressure has been returned to the acceptable range and the SRO has made the Tech Spec determination OR as directed by lead examiner.

Page 4 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 2 Page 1 of 1 Event

Description:

HPSW Jockey Pump trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • HPSW header pressure decreases due to Jockey Pump trip Crew Response:

BOP Refer to ARG 1SA-9/D-8 3.1 Verify automatic actions until jockey pump is restarted 3.2 IF there is NO evidence of breaker and/or pump motor problem, attempt to restart jockey pump one time. If restart is unsuccessful, notify Maintenance Department.

Booth Cue: If the crew dispatches a AO to determine if a problem exists with HPSW Jockey Pump motor/breaker, as SPOC, use TIME COMPRESSION and inform the RO that no problem was found with the Jockey Pump motor or breaker The crew may refer to ARG 1SA-9/A-8 3.1 Verify proper jockey pump operation 3.2 Refer to SLC 16.9.8a 3.3 Verify HPSW pumps start (start manually if NOT already in operation per OP/0/A/1104/011) when preset levels in EWST are reached 3.4 IF both HPSW Pumps NOT available, Go To EP/1/A/1800/001 Enclosure 5.31 for method of back charging the HPSW system.

3.5 IF HPSW Header Pressure continues to decrease AND Elevated Storage Tank Level is NOT dropping; i.e., altitude valve stuck closed and jockey pump not providing adequate supply, manually start a HPSW Pump.

3.6 Refer to AP/1-2/A/1700/030 (Aux Building Flood) 3.7 Investigate and correct reason for excessive HPSW usage 3.8 Verify BASE and STANDBY HPSW Pumps stop at 80,000 gals 3.9 IF manually started, return HPSW Pumps when NO longer needed This event is complete when the Jockey Pump has been restarted, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 5 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 3 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

T C Controller Fails HIGH (A Loop Hot)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • FDW flow will ratio incorrectly based on the failure
  • A FDW flow will increase causing A loop T C to decrease.
  • B FDW flow will decrease causing B loop T C to increase.
  • This will cause actual T C to increase (become more negative). Failure to adjust FDW flow will result in QPT.
  • 1SA-02/B-5, RC Cold Leg Diff. Temperature High, will actuate if actual T C increases to +/- 5°F
  • 1SA-02/B-9 MS STM GEN A LEVEL High/Low will actuate when SG Operating Level is 86%

Crew Response:

SRO/OATC

  • Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)
  • Diagnose the T C failure by observing the T C meter on 1UB1. It should return to zero but is staying at + 3.5 degrees.
  • Take the Diamond and Feedwater Masters to MANUAL and re-ratio feedwater using the Loop T C meters and/or OAC (RCS01) to return actual T C to near zero.
  • SRO will refer to AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures) 4.1 Provide control bands as required (per OMP 1-18 Attach I) 4.2 Initiate notification of the following:

__ OSM to reference OMP 1-14 and Emergency Plan

__ STA 4.3 Verify a power transient 5% has occurred 4.4 Notify Rx Engineering and discuss the need for a maneuvering plan 4.5 Use the following , as necessary, to determine the applicable section from table in Step 4.6

  • OAC alarm video, OAC display points, Control Board indications, SPOC assistance This event is complete when the SRO reaches the WHEN step (4) in Section 4F, or as directed by the Lead Evaluator.

Page 6 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 3 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

T C Controller Fails HIGH (A Loop Hot)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

4.6 GO TO the applicable section per the following table:

Section Failure 4F Delta TC AP/28 Section 4F NOTE

  • This section applies to Delta TC controller failures. TC input signal failures are addressed in Section 4A The following may occur when an ICS Delta TC controller fails:
  • Delta TC controller may re-ratio loop FDW flows
  • Possible ICS RUNBACK
1. Ensure the following in HAND:

__ 1A and 1B FDW MASTERS

__ DELTA TC CAUTION Total feedwater flow should be maintained constant while individual loop flows are adjusted to establish the desired Tc. Maintaining total FDW flow constant will prevent unwanted changes in reactor power.

2. Re-ratio feedwater flow, as required, to establish desired DELTA TC while maintaining total feedwater flow constant
3. Notify SPOC to perform the following:

__ Investigate and repair the failed Delta TC controller Booth Cue: When notified to investigate and repair the failed TC controller, respond as SPOC and state that the TC controller will be repaired as soon as possible.

4. WHEN notified by SPOC that DELTA TC controller has been repaired, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl (Placing ICS Stations To Auto)

NOTE: ICS will remain in manual for the remainder of the scenario.

This event is complete when the SRO reaches the WHEN step (4) in Section 4F, or as directed by the Lead Evaluator.

Page 7 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 4 Page 1 of 4 Event

Description:

1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

Statalarms:

  • 1SA-08/B-9 (PROCESS MONITOR RADIATION HIGH)

Crew Response:

SRO/ BOP 1SA-08/B-9 3.1 Determine radiation monitors in alarm.

3.1.1 IF VIEW node OR either SCADA node is NOT in service, refer to OP/1/A/1103/026, (Loss of Sorrento Radiation Monitor).

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Steps 3.2 through 3.10 are IF statements for which RIA is in alarm. In this case, the crew determines the radiation monitor alarming is 1RIA-50, so step 3.9 applies.

3.9 IF any of the following RIAs have valid alarms, GO TO AP/18 (Abnormal Release of Radioactivity).

SRO/BOP AP/18 (Can be performed by Unit 2 if AP/2 has been entered) 4.1 Perform the following:

At the discretion of the CR SRO, make a PA announcement of the event including any necessary precautions to be observed.

Notify OSM to reference the following:

RP /0/B/1000/001 (Eme rge ncy Cla s s ifica tion).

NS D-202 (Reportability)

OMP 1-14 (Notifications)

This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated and the crew has determined the leakage has stopped OR as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 8 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 4 Page 2 of 4 Event

Description:

1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP AP/18 (cont) 4.2 GO TO appropriate sections for any monitors in High or Alert alarm:

NOTE TO EXAMINER: Crew should go to Section 4I for 1RIA-50.

Section 4I 1 Verify either of the following:

  • CC SURGE TANK increasing 5
  • CC SURGE TANK off-scale high
2. __ Initiate AP/2 (Excessive RCS Leakage).

SRO /BOP AP/2 Immediate Actions 3.1 Verify HPI operating.

3.2 IAAT RC makeup flow is > 100 gpm, AND Pzr level is decreasing, THEN close 1HP-5.

3.3 IAAT all the following exist:

  • HPI flow is > NORMAL MAKEUP CAPABILITY (160 gpm) with letdown isolated
  • Pzr level decreasing
  • SG Tube Leakage NOT indicated
  • LPI DHR NOT providing core cooling THEN perform the following:

A. Ensure Rx is tripped.

B. Initiate Unit 1 EOP.

Subsequent Actions 4.1 Initiate Pzr and LDST level makeup using Unit 1 EOP Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control), as necessary.

4.2 Announce AP entry using the PA system.

4.3 IAAT LPI DHR in service, AND RCS leakage > LDST makeup capability ( 50 gpm ),

THEN GO TO AP/26 (Loss of Decay Heat Removal).

This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated and the crew has determined the leakage has stopped OR as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 9 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 4 Page 3 of 4 Event

Description:

1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP AP/2 (Cont) 4.4 Initiate the following notifications:

__ OSM to reference the following:

  • RP/0/B/1000/001 (Emergency Classification)
  • OMP 1-14 (Notifications)
  • Encl 5.9 (Oversight Guidelines)

__ STA

__ RP 4.5 Monitor the following trends to determine leak area (AB or RB) and trend for degradation:

  • "T6 AP02"
  • "T6 WASTE"
  • RIAs 4.6 Verify specific leak location is identified.

4.7 Initiate Encl 5.1 (Leak Rate Determination). (This will calculate RCS leakage based on CC surge tank level increase and is a very gross calculation since there is no OAC point for CC surge tank level and therefore control room gage must be used.)

4.8 WHEN leak area/failure is identified, THEN GO TO applicable step that best fits leak area/failure:

4.16 Verify all of the following:

  • CC Surge Tank level increasing at 5 gpm) or level is 0.65 off-scale high
  • 1RIA-50 in alarm or increasing 4.17 IAAT CC Surge Tank level is off-scale high, THEN notify Radwaste that the CC Surge Tank has overflowed to the LAWT.

4.18 IAAT RCS leakage is flashing the CC system, OR threatens to overflow the LAWT, THEN perform the following: N/A at this time 4.19 Verify leakage indicated by change in RCP cooler outlet temperatures (Turn-on code "GD AP02"): (No leakage indicated)

RNO GO TO Step 4.24 This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated and the crew has determined the leakage has stopped OR as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 10 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 4 Page 4 of 4 Event

Description:

1A Letdown Cooler Leak Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO /BOP AP/2 (cont)

NOTE RCS leakage to CC in the letdown coolers may be indicated by a cooler outlet temperature increasing more than the other cooler. Due to CC system setup, letdown cooler CC outlet temperatures may be different. A historical OAC temperature trend may be required to determine if leakage exists and if actions taken are successful in leak isolation. If leaking cooler CANNOT be identified, the coolers will be isolated one at a time starting with the 1A Letdown Cooler.

4.24 Monitor letdown cooler outlet temperatures to determine which cooler is leaking (Turn-on code "GD AP02"):

  • O1A0065 (LETDOWN COOLER 1A CC OUTLET TEMP)
  • O1A0066 (LETDOWN COOLER 1B CC OUTLET TEMP) 4.25 GO TO the appropriate step to isolate affected cooler:

NOTE TO EXAMINER: According to the Note above and the table below, the crew ends up in the same place whether they have diagnosed which cooler is leaking or not. Either path is acceptable and ends up with the 1A cooler isolated.

4.26 Verify 1B Letdown Cooler is isolated.

RNO: 1 Isolate the 1A Letdown Cooler by performing the following:

A. Close 1CC-1/1HP-1.

B. Close 1HP-3.

2. GO TO Step 4.31.

4.31 Verify the leak isolation was successful:

  • Decrease in RCS leakage This event is complete when 1A Letdown cooler has been isolated and the crew has determined the leakage has stopped OR as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 11 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 5 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

1A SG Outlet Pressure Fails High Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • Generated Megawatts decrease.
  • Reactor power increases initially but returns to pre-transient values.
  • RCS temperature and pressure change initially but return to pre-transient values.

Crew Response:

OATC

  • The OATC should recognize a transient is in progress, and then perform PTR.
  • Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)
  • SRO will refer to AP/28 (ICS Instrument Failures) 4.1 Provide control bands as required (per OMP 1-18 Attach I) 4.2 Initiate notification of the following:

__ OSM to reference OMP 1-14 and Emergency Plan

__ STA 4.3 Verify a power transient 5% has occurred. GO TO Step 4.5 4.5 Use the following , as necessary, to determine the applicable section from table in Step 4.6 OAC alarm video, OAC display points, Control Board indications, SPOC assistance 4.6 GO TO the applicable section per the following table:

Section Failure 4N SG Outlet Pressure 4P TBV Failure Note: Either section of AP/28 above will mitigate this event. Both sections are shown below.

This event is complete when the A TBVs have been closed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 12 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 5 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

1A SG Outlet Pressure Fails High Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

OATC AP/28 Section 4N (SG Outlet Pressure)

1. Ensure the affected TBVs in HAND and closed:
2. Notify SPOC to perform the following:
  • Select a valid SG Outlet Pressure input to ICS per AM/1/A/0326/020 (Control of Unit 1 Star Module Signal Selection Function).
  • Investigate and repair the failed SG Outlet Pressure instrumentation.
3. WHEN notified by SPOC that a valid SG Outlet Pressure input has been restored to ICS, THEN GO TO OP/1/A/1102/004 A Encl (Placing ICS Stations To Auto).

AP/28 Section 4P (TBV Failure)

1. GO TO the first applicable step per the following table:

Failure Step 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES fail open any 2 amount.

2. Verify the TURBINE MASTER IN Automatic.
3. IAAT it is desired to close 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES, THEN perform the following:

A. Place 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES in HAND.

B. Close 1A TURBINE BYPASS VALVES

4. Verify ICS responds as expected.
5. IAAT 1MS-17 must be closed to isolate the 1A TBVs THEN close 1MS-17.
6. Verify ICS responds as expected
7. Verify 1A TBVs or 1MS-17 closed.
8. IAAT the 1B TBVs have failed open (does not apply)
9. Notify SPOC to investigate and repair any failed TBVs.
10. WHEN notified by SPOC that TBVs have been repaired THEN continue.

This event is complete when the A TBVs have been closed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 13 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 6 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

60 gpm leak in 1A SG Requiring a manual power reduction (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

  • 1SA8/A9 (RM AREA MONITOR RADIATION HIGH)
  • 1SA8/E10 (N-16 RM PRIMARY TO SECONDARY TUBE LEAK)
  • 1SA8/D10 (RM CSAE EXHAUST RADIATION HIGH)
  • 1SA8/B9 (RM PROCESS MONITOR RADIATION HIGH)
  • 1RIA 59 in alarm and indicating 60 gpm.

Crew response:

EXAMINER NOTE: Direct entry into the SGTR Tab is SGTL 25 gpm.

EOP SGTR TAB

1. Verify Rx tripped.

SRO RNO: 1. Maintain Pzr level 220 - 260 by initiating Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control). (page 23)

2. GO TO Step 9.

SRO/BOP/

OATC 9 IAAT Pzr level decreasing with all available HPI, AND Rx power is > 18%,

THEN perform the following:

A. Trip the Rx.

B. GO TO IMA tab.

10. Verify all:
  • Rx power > 40%
  • 1RIA-60 operable EXAMINER NOTE: Crew determines that SGTL rate is 60 gpm. EDLs are in effect
11. Determine leak rate using:
12. Notify OSM of SGTR leak rate.
13. Verify ICS capable of power reduction in AUTO.

RNO: 1. Initiate manual power reduction to < 15%.

SRO/OATC 2. GO TO Step 15.

This event is completed when > 10% power reduction has occurred and auxiliaries have been transfered or when directed by the lead examiner.

Page 14 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 6 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

60 gpm leak in 1A SG Requiring a manual power reduction (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP SGTR TAB (continued)

NOTE Encl 5.19 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown for SGTR) will swap auxiliaries.

SRO/BOP 15 Initiate Encl 5.19 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown for SGTR).

16. WHEN both exist:
  • Reactor power is 15% FP
  • Unit auxiliaries have been transferred THEN continue.

EXAMINER NOTE: The Tech Spec for this SGTR is TS 3.4.13 for leakage

>150 gpd. Condition B applies (Mode 3 within 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> and Mode 5 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br />)

BOOTH CUE: Ensure the OATC has reduced Reactor Power >10% AND the BOP has transferred auxiliaries prior to initiating the next event (Timer 7)

This event is completed when > 10% power reduction has occurred and auxiliaries have been transfered or when directed by the lead examiner.

Page 15 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 7 Page 1 of 4 Event

Description:

Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater - LOHT Tab - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

When directed by the Lead Examiner, a Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater will occur.

SRO/OATC Crew Response:

Perform Immediate Manual Actions (IMAs) 3.1 Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.

3.2 Verify reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing.

3.3 Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton.

3.4 Verify all turbine stop valves closed.

3.5 Verify RCP seal injection available.

BOP will perform a Symptom Check and initiate Rule 3 (Loss of Main and /

or Emergency Feedwater)

SRO will transfer to the Loss Of Heat Transfer Tab based on Parallel Actions page.

This event is complete when RCS temperature is stabilized on Condensate Booster Pump feed or as directed by the lead Examiner.

Page 16 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 7 Page 2 of 4 Event

Description:

Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater - LOHT Tab - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 BOP/OATC

1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding.

RNO: GO TO Step 3.

3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency), AND any of the following exist:
  • RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
  • Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]

THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).

Start EFDW pumps to feed all intact SGs.

4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs.
5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.

RNO: GO TO Step 7.

7. Place the following in MANUAL and close:
8. Verify both of the following:
  • Any CBP operating
  • TBVs available on an intact SG
9. Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.
10. Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B.
11. Place 1FDW-33 and 1FDW-42 control switches in OPEN
12. SimultaAOusly position Startup Control valves (1FDW-35 1FDW-44) 10 - 20% open on all intact SGs
13. Perform the following:

This event is complete when RCS temperature is stabilized on Condensate Booster Pump feed or as directed by the lead Examiner.

Page 17 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 7 Page 3 of 4 Event

Description:

Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater - LOHT Tab - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 3 (Continued)

BOP/OATC

14. Verify Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling) in progress.

RNO: (CT-11, Control SG Pressure to Maintain RC Temperature Constant)

1. Lower SG pressure in available SGs to 500 psig.
2. Control FDW flow to stabilize RCS P/T by throttling the Startup Control valves and TBVs as necessary:
3. Notify CR SRO that CBP feed is in progress
4. Place 1FDW-38 and 1FDW-47 switches to OPEN
5. Place 1FDW-36 and 1FDW-45 switches to CLOSE
6. GO TO step 16
16. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP is operable and available for manual start.
17. Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.26 (Manual Start of TDEFDWP).
18. Verify cross-tie with Unit 2 is desired.
19. Dispatch an operator to open 2FDW-313 and 2FDW-314
20. Dispatch an operator to 1FDW-313 and have them notify the CR when in position.
21. Notify Unit 2 to:
  • Start their U2 TDEFWP
22. WHEN, either of the following exists: 1FDW-313 Operator in position OR Unit 1 TDEFWP has been manually started; THEN continue.

This event is complete when RCS temperature is stabilized on Condensate Booster Pump feed or as directed by the lead Examiner.

Page 18 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 7 Page 4 of 4 Event

Description:

Loss of Main and Emergency Feedwater - LOHT Tab - CBP feed Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Loss Of Heat Transfer Tab

1. Ensure Rule 3 in progress or complete.

NOTE: Transfer to LOSCM tab is NOT required if RCS heats to the point SRO/BOP/

where core SCM = 0°F.

OATC

2. IAAT the RCS heats to the point where core SCM = 0°F, THEN GO TO Step 4.
3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency), AND any of the following exist:
  • RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
  • Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]

THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).

RNO:

NOTE: 1A1 RCP provides the best Pzr spray.

1. Reduce operating RCPs to one pump/loop.
2. WHEN any of the following exists:
  • EFDW flow has been re-established by existing Rules/Enclosures
  • EFDW aligned from another unit
  • Operator performing Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) or Encl 5.27 (Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow) reports EFDW available THEN GO TO Step 48 Examiner Note: The SRO will wait at the WHEN step until one of the bullets are met or until an outstanding IAAT is met. The crew may initiate EOP Encl 5.5 for inventory control. These steps are included beginning on page 23. To initiate Event 8, IAAT step 3 will be met by tripping the CBPs.

The EOP path for Event 8 continues on Page 20.

This event is complete when RCS temperature is stabilized on Condensate Booster Pump feed or as directed by the lead Examiner.

Page 19 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 8 Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

CBPs trip requiring HPI Forced cooling, 1HP-24 will not open, Transfer to HPI CD Tab Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Loss of CBP's Plant Response:

  • RCS temperature increases Crew Response:

SRO SRO may direct RO to re-perform Rule 3 however there are no EFDWP's available and all required actions will already have been performed during the initial performance of Rule 3.

At 2300 psig RCS pressure, direct performance of Rule 4 (HPI Forced Cooling).

Rule 4 (CT-14 Initiate HPI Forced Cooling Within 5 minutes of BOP/OATC meeting criteria)

1. Verify any HPI pump can be operated.
2. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP-25.

Examiner Note: 1HP-24 will NOT open requiring the RNO actions.

RNO: IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:

A. IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

B. IF < 2 HPI pumps operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.

C. GO TO Step 4.

Examiner Note: When 1HP-26 is opened, the standby HPI pump may start due to low seal injection flow. If so, the student should stop one of the HPI pumps because only 1 BWST suction valve is open (1HP-24 would not open). The guidance to do this is contained in Rule 6.

4. Open 1HP-26 and 1HP-27
5. Open 1RC-4.
6. Verify flow exists in any HPI header.
7. Open PORV. (Switch to OPEN, depress OPEN permit)
8. Verify at least two HPI pumps operating.

This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the HPI CD tab or as directed by the lead Examiner.

Page 20 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 8 Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

CBPs trip requiring HPI Forced cooling, 1HP-24 will not open, Transfer to HPI CD Tab Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 4 (Cont.)

BOP/OATC 9. Verify flow in both HPI headers is in the acceptable region of Figure

10. Verify flow exists in any HPI header
11. Open PORV. (PORV will already be opened from performing step 7)
12. Verify > one RCP operating.
13. Stop all but one RCP. (note: prefer leaving 1A1 RCP running)
14. IAAT the following limits are exceeded,

THEN throttle HPI to maximize flow flow lim it.

15. De-energize all Pzr heaters.
16. Close 1HP-5.
17. Close TBVs, 1FDW-35 and 1FDW-44.
18. IAAT all HPI is lost, stop all RCP's and close the PORV
19. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule.

Booth Cue: If the crew requests that Unit 2 handle AP/18 due to RIA alarms, reply that Unit 2 WILL handle AP/18.

This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the HPI CD tab or as directed by the lead Examiner.

Page 21 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 1 Event No.: 8 Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

CBPs trip requiring HPI Forced cooling, 1HP-24 will not open, Transfer to HPI CD Tab Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior LOHT tab SRO/OATC/

BOP Determine that IAAT step 3 is met:

4. PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).
5. Verify all the following:
  • At least two HPI pumps operating
6. GO TO HPI CD tab.

HPI CD tab SRO/OATC/ 1. IAAT BWST level is 19', THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction BOP Swap to RBES).

2. IAAT either of the following exists:
  • LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B 3400 gpm
3. Verify all of the following exist:
  • Two HPI trains injecting
4. Perform the following:
  • Ensure all RBCUs in low speed.
5. Initiate Encl 5.35 (Containment Isolation)

This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the HPI CD tab or as directed by the lead Examiner.

Page 22 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 1 of 8 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.

ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, desired Pzr level: THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
  • 1A HPI Pump desired Pzr level.
2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:

A. Open:

__ 1CS-26

__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED.

C. Notify SRO.

5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

Page 23 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, __ GO TO Step 10.

THEN perform Steps 7 - 9.

7. Open: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 8.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:

A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.

C. __ GO TO Step 9.

Page 24 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

8. Start 1C HPI PUMP. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
9. Throttle the following as required to 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, maintain desired Pzr level: AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.

Page 25 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be __ GO TO Step 12.

maintained, THEN perform Step 11.

11. Perform the following: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 12.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

Page 26 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

12. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
13. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
14. IAAT all of the following exist: __ GO TO Step 34.
  • Letdown isolated
  • Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 15 - 33. {41}
15. Open: 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be
  • 1CC-7 restored due to inability to restart the CC
2. __ GO TO Step 34.
16. Ensure only one CC pump running.
17. Place the non-running CC pump in AUTO.
18. Verify both are open: 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP-3 failing to
  • 1HP-2 THEN GO TO Step 20.
2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 20.
19. GO TO Step 22.

NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.

20. Verify letdown line leak in East __ GO TO Step 22.

Penetration Room has occurred.

21. GO TO Step 34.

Page 27 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

22. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
23. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed 1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in in service. service, THEN open:

__1HP-1

__1HP-3

2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open:

__1HP-2

__1HP-4

3. __ GO TO Step 25.
24. Open:
25. Verify at least one letdown cooler is Perform the following:

aligned. A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.

B. __ GO TO Step 34.

26. Close 1HP-6.
27. Close 1HP-7.
28. Verify letdown temperature < 125°F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13.
2. Close:

__1HP-8

__1HP-9&11

3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:

A. __Select 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

B. __Close 1HP-16.

4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.

Page 28 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

29. Open 1HP-5.
30. Adjust 1HP-7 for 20 gpm letdown.
31. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125°F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
32. Open 1HP-6.
33. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.

NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level.

34. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
35. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:

A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.

B. Secure the desired HPI pumps.

C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.

36. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
  • Makeup from BWST NOT required
  • LDST level > 55
  • Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close:

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

37. Verify 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has __ GO TO Step 39.

been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.

38. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:

A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

B. Locally position 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).

C. Close 1CS-46.

D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

E. Locally throttle 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90 - 110 psig discharge pressure.

F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

39. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, __ GO TO Step 41.

AND only one Letdown filter is desired.

40. Perform one of the following:
41. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
  • *
  • END
  • Page 30 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam CRITICAL TASKS

1. CT-11, Control SG Pressure to Maintain RC Temperature Constant. page 18
2. CT-14 Initiate HPI Forced Cooling. page 20 Page 31 of 32

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (SM)

SSF Operable: Yes KHU's Operable: U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable: 2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CRS)

Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power: 100% Mode: 1 Mode: 1 Gross MWE: 897 100% Power 100% Power RCS Leakage: .024 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate: .01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CRS)

Component/Train OOS Restoration TS/SLC #

Date/Time Required Date/Time Shift Turnover Items (CRS)

Primary

  • SASS in Manual for I&E
  • LDST needs Hydrogen addition. Direct the BOP to add H2 to the LDST using OP/1/A/1106/017 (Hydrogen System) Enclosure 4.5 (Unit 1 LDST H2 Addition).

Secondary

Reactivity Management (CRS)

RCS Boron: 6 ppmB Gp 7 Rod Position: 91%

Human Performance Emphasis (SM)

Procedure Use and Adherence

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 ILT44 NRC Exam Facility: Oconee Scenario No.: 2 Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________ Operators: ________________________SRO

________________________ ________________________OATC

________________________ ________________________BOP Initial Conditions:

  • Reactor Power = 75% Unit 2: 100%, Unit 3: 100%

Turnover:

  • 1B FDWP on Handjack
  • SASS in manual for I&E
  • Voltage Regulator is in MANUAL for I&E
  • Reduce VARs to 150 +/- 10 MVARs IAW OP/1/A/1106/001, Enclosure 4.8 (Changing Generator MVAR)

Event Malfunction Event Event Type* Description No. No.

0a Override SASS in Manual 0b Override AFIS Disabled 1 Place Voltage Regulator Mode in AUTO and decrease N: BOP, SRO VARs.

2 MPS250 C: BOP, SRO 1B2 RCP seal failure Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU degrades to 3 MSS470 C: BOP, SRO (TS)

Cooler Rupture 4 Overrides C: OATC, SRO 1HP-120 (RC Volume Control) Fails OPEN Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit 5 MCR021 C: OATC, SRO (TS)

(requires 1B FDWP adjustment) 1TB 6900v lockout trips 2nd RCP (1A2) requiring 6 MEL220 C: OATC, SRO manual Rx trip MSS390, 1B MSLB outside the reactor building (EHT tab) with 7 14% M: ALL Auto AFIS actuation blocked 8 Override ALL 1FDW-315 fails open

  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 1 Page 1 of 1 Event

Description:

Place Voltage Regulator Mode in AUTO and Decrease VARs Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

SRO The SRO will direct the BOP to reduce Generator MVARs to 150 +/- 10 MVARs in accordance with OP/1/A/1106/001, enclosure 4.8.

OP/1/A/1106/001 Enclosure 4.8 CAUTION Do NOT exceed limits as shown on Enclosure 4.5 (Capability Curve).

NOTE Minimum of 18.05 Generator kV must be maintained.

Operation with leading PF is acceptable.

2.1. Notify other online units of VAR change.

SRO/BOP 2.2. Select VARS on WATT/VAR TRANSFER Switch.

2.3. Ensure MVARS are indicated on MWATT/MVAR meter.

2.4. IF VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE will be swapped between AUTO &

MANUAL, notify System Operating Center (SOC) that VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE will be swapped.

2.5. IF AUTO adjustment is required, perform the following:

NOTE:

VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE Ready Light (Amber light) should be ON.

CRD AC Power Fault 'A' and/or 'B' alarms along with CRD Global System Fault may be received during generator voltage changes.

2.5.1. Ensure VOLTAGE REGULATOR MODE in AUTO.

2.5.2. Use VOLTAGE ADJUST to slowly modify Generator voltage to increase/decrease MVARS.

2.6. IF MANUAL adjustment is required, perform the following: N/A This event is completed when MVARs have been adjusted to 150 +/- 10 MVARs, or when directed by the lead examiner.

Page 2 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 2 Page 1 of 4 Event

Description:

1B2 RCP lower seal failure Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

  • 1SA-06/D-5, RC PUMP 1B2 SEAL CAVITY PRESS HI/LOW
  • OAC Alarm RCP 1B2 LOWER SEAL CAVITY PRESSURE HI HI
  • OAC Alarm RCP 1B2 UPPER SEAL CAVITY PRESSURE HI HI Crew response:

Refer to the ARGs BOP 3.1 Upper/Lower Seal Cavity Pressure High 3.1.1 Go To AP/1/A/1700/016, Abnormal RCP Operation, for limits and required action 3.2 Upper/Lower Seal Cavity Pressure Low 3.2.1 IF in Mode 1 or 2, Go To AP/1/A/1700/016, Abnormal RCP Operation, for limits and required action Refer to AP/1/A/1700/016 (Abnormal RCP Operation) 4.1 IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP SRO Immediate Trip Criteria), THEN perform Steps 4.2 - 4.11.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.12.

4.12 IAAT either of the following apply:

  • Any RCP approaching immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria)
  • It is desired to secure a RCP THEN perform Steps 4.13 - 4.15.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.16 (next page)

EXAMINER Note: It is acceptable for the SRO to take either procedure path to secure the 1B2 RCP. Step 4.16 is on the next page.

4.13 Verify Rx Power > 70%

4.14 Initiate Encl 5.2 (Rapid Power Reduction) (see page 6) 4.15 WHEN Rx Power is 70%,

THEN GO TO Step 4.2 4.2 Verify MODE 1 or 2 4.3 Verify Rx power is 70% as indicated on all NIs 4.4 Verify three RCPs will remain operating after affected RCP is tripped 4.5 Verify any SG on Low Level Limits RNO: GO TO Step 4.8 4.8 Verify FDW masters in Auto 4.9 Stop affected RCP 4.10 Verify ICS re-ratios feed water to establish desired T C This event is complete when Rx power is reduced to 70% and the 1B2 RCP is secured, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 3 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 2 Page 2 of 4 Event

Description:

1B2 RCP lower seal failure Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew response:

AP/1/A/1700/016 (Abnormal RCP Operation)

SRO 4.16 Announce AP entry using the PA system 4.17 Notify OSM to request evaluation by RCP Component Engineer 4.18 IAAT the failure is identified, THEN GO TO the applicable section per the following table:

Section Failure 4A Seal Failure 4B Abnormal Vibration 4C High or Low Oil Pot Level 4D Loss of Seal Return 4E Abnormal RCP Temper tures AP/1/A/1700/016 Section 4A, RCP Seal Failure SRO 1. IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1, THEN perform Steps 2-11 RNO: GO TO Step 12

12. IAAT any of the following indicate external RCP seal leakage:
  • RB RIAs increasing or in alarm
  • RCS Tave constant with LDST level decreasing more than normal
  • Quench Tank level rate increasing
  • RB Normal Sump rate increasing
  • Visual confirmation THEN initiate AP/02 (Excessive RCS Leakage)
13. Verify the following are open:
14. Verify the following is open for the affected RCP:

This event is complete when Rx power is reduced to 70% and the 1B2 RCP is secured, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 4 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 2 Page 3 of 4 Event

Description:

1B2 RCP lower seal failure Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew response:

SRO AP/1/A/1700/016 Section 4A, RCP Seal Failure

15. IAAT either of the following conditions apply to an operating RCP:

RCS Pressure P across any seal

> 1000 psig 100 psid 1000 psig 35 psid THEN GO TO Step 16 to shut down the affected RCP since shut down of the RCP is desired due to a seal failure.

16 IAAT shut down of an RCP is desired, THEN perform Steps 17-27

17. Verify MODE 1 or 2
18. Verify three RCPs will remain operating after affected RCP is tripped
19. Verify Rx power is 70% as indicated on all NIs RNO: 1. Direct an RO to initiate Encl 5.2 (Rapid Power Reduction) (next page)

OATC 2. WHEN Rx power is 70% on all NIs, THEN continue this procedure

20. Verify any SG on Low Level Limits RNO: GO TO Step 23
23. Verify FDW masters in Auto
24. Stop affected RCP
25. Verify ICS re-ratios feedwater to establish desired T C
26. Initiate Encl. 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) of OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power).

OP/1/A/1102/004 Encl. 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) 2.1 IF conditions permit, log the current quadrant power tilt and the position of the TC controller prior to securing a RCP during power operations.

NOTE: Instructions for performing OAC trends are located in Working With Trends enclosure of OP/0/A/1103/020 A (Operator Aid Computer Use).

Only the first 6 points will be displayed initially; press "Page Down" key to see second 6 points.

2.2 Using turn-on code T6 3RCP, digitally trend the following data at one minute intervals 2.3 After steady state conditions are attained, check NI calibration.

This event is complete when Rx power is reduced to 70% and the 1B2 RCP is secured, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 5 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 2 Page 4 of 4 Event

Description:

1B2 RCP lower seal failure Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew response:

AP/16 Enclosure 5.2, Rapid Power Reduction SRO

1. Verify ICS in AUTO
2. Initiate MAXIMUM RUNBACK to 70% as indicated by all NIs
3. WHEN Rx Power is 70% as indicated by all NIs, THEN press MAXIMUM RUNBACK to stop runback OATC 4. Notify CR SRO that Rx Power is 70%
5. Adjust CTPD SET to match CTP DEMAND BOP 6. Stop the following pumps:

__ 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP

__ 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP

7. Verify Rx Power was reduced 15% within a 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> period
8. Notify Primary Chemistry to perform Tech Spec SR 3.4.11.2 as required
9. EXIT this enclosure This event is complete when Rx power is reduced to 70% and the 1B2 RCP is secured, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 6 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 3 Page 1 of 4 Event

Description:

Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU Degrades to Cooler Rupture (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

  • OAC alarm O1D1363, RBCU Fan 1C Vib Crew response:

SRO/BOP

  • BOP will pull up the OAC alarm response guide EXAMINER NOTE: The first time this OAC alarm comes in, it will reset and clear when the alarm reset pushbutton is depressed. 3 minutes after the initial alarm, there will be another HIgh Vibration alarm. The second time it will not clear when reset.

BOOTH CUE: The first time the high vibration timer is fired, Timer 15 will automatically fire 5 seconds later to allow the Hi Vib alarm to be reset by the operator. Three minutes after the initial Hi Vib alarm, a second Hi Vib alarm will occur that cannot be reset.

OAC Alarm Response for O1D1363 (RBCU FAN 1C VIB) 1 Depress the RBCU OAC Vibration Alarm Reset Pushbutton.

2 If the alarm does not clear, STOP the RBCU 3 Notify Engineering for an evaluation.

BOOTH CUE: Using time compression, Engineering requests the crew to start the 1B RBCU in HIGH speed in accordance with OP/1/A/1104/015, Reactor Building Cooling System, Enclosure 4.3 Section 4 (Starting RBCUs)

OP/1/A/1104/015, Enclosure 4.3, Section 4 NOTE: When starting RBCUs or changing LPSW flows, RB pressure will change as RB temperature changes. {8}

4.1 Verify RB pressure within limits of PT/1/A/0600/001 (Periodic Instrument Surveillance).

4.2 Begin monitoring RB absolute pressure. (OAC Turn On Code: 1RBPA) 4.3 IF personnel inside containment, announce over plant page that starting RBCU 1B.

NOTE: Starting RBCUs can affect the following: RBCU bearing temperatures, RBCU vibration, RBNS level, 1RIA-47 level, RB pressure/temperature.

This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 7 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 3 Page 2 of 4 Event

Description:

Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU Degrades to Cooler Rupture (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OP/1/A/1104/015, Enclosure 4.3, Section 4 (continued)

SRO/BOP 4.4. Place desired switch to "HIGH" or "LOW":

  • 1A RBCU
  • 1B RBCU
  • 1C RBCU NOTE:

When changing LPSW flows, RB pressure will change as RB temperature changes.

Each RBCU must have 550 gpm Inlet Flow or 750 gpm Outlet Flow to meet flow requirements of SLC 16.9.12.

4.5 Position valves as required for RB cooling:

Examiner/Booth Note: When the 1C RBCU is stopped, Timer 15 will automatically fire and insert a 1C RBCU cooler rupture. See next page for actions related to the 1C RBCU cooler rupture)

This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 8 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 3 Page 3 of 4 Event

Description:

Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU Degrades to Cooler Rupture (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • RB normal sump level will increase
  • 1C RBCU LPSW flow indicator indicates low on VB2 Crew Response:

SRO/BOP ARG for 1SA-9/D-9 (Manual Actions) 3.1 Verify alarm is valid by checking RBCU 1C Inlet Flow and RBCU 1C delta flow.

3.2 Verify 1LPSW-24 (RBCU 1C Outlet) open 3.3 Verify adequate LPSW flow is available; check LPSW pump operation 3.3.1 Verify 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET) is open.

3.3.2 IF 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET) is NOT open, refer to Technical Specifications and Selected Licensee Commitments 3.4 Monitor RBNS Level for any unexplained increase 3.5 IF RBNS Level is increasing AND ES has actuated, notify Chemistry to sample RBNS for boron to determine if a cooler rupture has occurred.

3.6 IF RBCU 1C Cooler rupture or line break is indicated, then:

NOTE: This sequence prevents having to call LPSW and Containment inoperable per SLC 16.9.12.

BOOTH CUE: As BOP performs step 3.6.1, fire timer #4 to initiate PZR Level #1 failure (1HP-120 fails OPEN).

SRO/BOP 3.6.1 Isolate the 1C RBCU Cooler as follows:

A. Close 1LPSW-22 (1C RBCU INLET).

B. Close 1LPSW-24 (RBCU 1C OUTLET). (may already be closed)

C. Perform TS 3.6.3 Condition C (C.1 = 4 hrs & C.2 = 31 days) for closed containment system (as required).

D. Enter TS 3.6.5 Condition B (7 days and 14 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO) for RBCU inoperable.

E. Continue to monitor RBNS level for increase.

F. IF RBNS level is still increasing, notify TSC to evaluate further isolation of 1C RBCU.

This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 9 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 3 Page 4 of 4 Event

Description:

Re-occurring Hi Vibration on 1C RBCU Degrades to Cooler Rupture (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response (cont.):

EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may decide to pump the RB Normal Sump. If so, see the steps below from OP/1/A/1104/007 LWD System, Enclosure 4.1 Pumping RBNS to 6" SRO 3.6.2 Refer to Technical Specifications 3.6.3 Refer to SLC 16.9.12 OP/1/A/1104/007 Enclosure 4.1 SRO/BOP 3.1 Verify MWHUT level adequate to receive waste volume.

3.2 Position the following:

  • Ensure open 1LWD-2 (RB NORMAL SUMP ISOLATION) 3.3 Start one or both of the following:
  • Changes in LAWT levels may occur during pumping.

RIA Alarms may be indicative of gas leakage.

If RBNS level was above 14" when pumps were started, a level increase following securing the RBNS pumps may occur. {7}

3.4 WHEN RBNS is at desired level OR at 6" (low level alarm), ensure the following:

3.5 IF required to close the valves, position the following:

EXAMINER NOTE: The SRO should identify that the inoperability of the 1C RBCU results in entry into TS 3.6.5 Condition B (7 days and 14 days from discovery of failure to meet LCO). Also, as required, the crew may need to perform the required actions for TS 3.6.3 Condition C (C.1 = 4 hrs

& C.2 = 31 days). SRO refers to SLC 16.9.12, but it is not entered because of the sequence by which step 3.6.1 above was performed.

This event is complete when the 1C RBCU rupture is isolated, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 10 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 4 Page 1 of 1 Event

Description:

1HP-120 (RC Volume Control) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • OAC alarm for O1E2175 (ICS PZR Level Setpoint) Hi
  • PZR level will increase on all channels
  • LDST level will decrease
  • OAC alarms for all 4 RCP seal injection flow low
  • 1SA-2/C-3 (Pressurizer Level HIGH/LOW)

BOP Crew Response:

EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may notice the increase in PZR level prior to receiving statalarm 1SA-2/C-3. If so, they may (IAW OMP 1-18) take manual control of 1HP-120 to restore PZR level to the desired band. If not, they will use the direction of the ARG below to restore PZR level. Either is SRO acceptable.

Alarm Response Guide 1SA-2/C-3 (Pressurizer Level HIGH/LOW))

3.1 Check alternate PZR level indications.

3.2 Check for proper Makeup/Letdown flows and adjust to restore proper level.

3.3 Refer to the following procedures as required:

  • AP/1/A/1700/002 (Excessive RCS Leakage)
  • AP/1/A/1700/014 (Loss of Normal HPI Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection)
  • AP/1/A/1700/032 (Loss of Letdown).

EXAMINER NOTE : Above statalarm is at 260. If action is not taken until the statalarm actuates, TS 3.4.9 Condition A would be entered with a 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> completion time to restore level to within limit (because this 260 indicated is equivalent to the 285 TS limit).

3.4 Refer to Technical Specification 3.4.9. (see above examiner note) 3.5 Refer to Technical Specification 3.3.8.(N/A) 3.6 Refer to OP/1/A/1105/014 (Control Room Instrumentation Operation And Information)

This event is complete when Pressurizer Level has been restored to its normal band, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 11 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 5 Page 1 of 5 Event

Description:

Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • Group 2 Rod 6 drops into the core
  • Statalarm 1SA-2/A-10 (CRD GLOBAL TROUBLE)
  • Statalarm 1SA-2/B-10 (CRD ASYMMETRIC ROD POSITION ERROR)
  • Statalarm 1SA-4/C-1 (QUADRANT POWER TILT) (in at 2 minutes)

Crew Response:

OATC/BOP/ Crew should perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)

OATC

  • OATC reports to the SRO reactor power level and direction of movement.
  • The BOP reports expected AUTO Runback did not occur, and monitors RCS pressure and inventory and inserts Control Rods as needed.
  • The OATC will adjust FDW and/or control rods as necessary to restore reactor power to the desired control band.

SRO should enter AP/1/A/1700/001 (Unit Runback)

AP/1/A/1700/001 4.1 GO TO the most limiting section per the following table:

Section Runback 4H Asymmetric Control Rod (1%/min to 55%power)

Section 4H 1 IAAT a more limiting runback occurs, THEN GO TO Subsequent Actions Step 4.1.

2 IAAT more than one control rod is dropped or misaligned 6.5% (9) from the group average, THEN trip the Rx.

NOTE NIs should NOT be calibrated per guidelines contained in OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power) due to actual power re-distribution within the core as a result of a dropped/misaligned rod.

3 Verify Rx is critical.

4. Verify power > 55% when the rod was dropped or misaligned.

This event is complete when Rx Power has decreased at least 10% and FWP suction has been adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 12 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 5 Page 2 of 5 Event

Description:

Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Section 4H (continued)

EXAMINER NOTE: Malfunction set to fail Auto runback. Candidate will proceed to RNO 5 Verify Rx runback to 55% core thermal power in progress.

SRO/OATC

  • CTPD set at 55%
  • ASYMETRIC RODS Runback Light lit
  • CTP Demand decreasing
  • Reactor power will decrease when the runback catches up with the initial power decrease from the dropped rod.

RNO: 1. Initiate power reduction to 55% core thermal power at 1%/min.

2. IF control rods will not insert manually, THEN perform the following:

A. Trip reactor.

B. GO TO Unit 1 EOP.

6 Initiate Encl 5.1 (Control of Plant Equipment During Shutdown). (see page 15)

NOTE The following actions should be performed as quickly as possible due to the complexity of resetting RPS trip setpoints and Tech Spec time limits.

7 Notify SPOC to perform the following:

  • Investigate cause of dropped or misaligned control rod.
  • Prepare to reduce the following trip setpoints:

o RPS Flux/Flow-Imbalance o RPS High Flux 8 Notify the OSM to ensure the requirements of the following Tech Specs SRO are met:

Booth Cue: When OSM is contacted, inform the team that the OSM is occupied on Unit 3 and cannot verify TS requirements at this time.

This event is complete when Rx Power has decreased at least 10% and FWP suction has been adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 13 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 5 Page 3 of 5 Event

Description:

Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Section 4H (continued)

SRO/OATC/ 9 Notify OSM to make notifications as required per OMP 1-14 BOP (Notifications).

10 Verify > 1% SDM with allowance for the inoperable control rod per PT/1/A/1103/015 (Enclosure 13.18, Reactivity Balance Calculation) within one hour.

11 Reduce core thermal power the follow ing lim its, based on the number of RCPs operating, within two hours:

RCPs Allowable Thermal Power (% FP) 3 45 4 60 NOTE:

The following ensures adequate margin in preparation for resetting RPS trip setpoints.

12 IAAT the power decrease is complete, AND any NI is > the following:

RCPs Maximum NI Power (% FP) 3 40 4 55 THEN reduce power until all NIs are the Maximum NI Power limit for the operating RCP combination per Encl 5.4 (Power Reduction).

This event is complete when Rx Power has decreased at least 10% and FWP suction has been adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 14 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 5 Page 4 of 5 Event

Description:

Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Enclosure 5.1 1 IAAT SRO determines all appropriate actions have been taken, SRO/BOP AND the runback is complete, THEN EXIT this Enclosure.

2 Notify the WCC SRO to initiate Enclosure 5.2 (WCC SRO Support During Unit Runback; EXAMINER NOTE: This scenario begins at 75% so steps 3 &4 have already been accomplished.

3 Start the following pumps:

  • 1A FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP
  • 1A FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP
  • 1B FDWP AUXILIARY OIL PUMP
  • 1B FDWP SEAL INJECTION PUMP.

4 WHEN CTP is 80% ,

THEN stop the following pumps

  • 1E1 HTR DRN PUMP
  • 1E2 HTR DRN PUMP 5 WHEN CTP 65% ,

THEN continue this Enclosure.

6 Place the following in MANUAL and close:

1B FDWP is the preferred pump to shut down first.

7 Verify both Main FDWPs operating.

8 Verify 1B FDWP to be shut down first.

9 Adjust the FWP bias counter-clockwise to lower 1B FWP suction flow 1 x 106 lb/hr < 1A FWP suction flow.

10 GO TO Step 12.

This event is complete when Rx Power has decreased at least 10% and FWP suction has been adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 15 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 5 Page 5 of 5 Event

Description:

Dropped control rod with failure of auto runback circuit (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/001 Enclosure 5.1 (continued)

SRO/BOP 12 IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:

  • 1B Main FDW pump is first pump to be shut down
  • Any of the following alarms occur:

o 1SA-16/A-3 (FWP B FLOW MINIMUM) o 1SA-16/A-4 (FWP B FLOW BELOW MIN),

THEN trip 1B Main FDW Pump.

13 IAAT both Main FDW pumps running, AND both of the following exist:

  • 1A Main FDW pump is first pump to be shut down
  • Any of the following alarms occur:

o 1SA-16/A-1 (FWP A FLOW MINIMUM) o 1SA-16/A-2 (FWP A FLOW BELOW MIN),

THEN trip 1A Main FDW Pump.

14 IAAT the operating FDWP suction flow < 1.5 x 106 lb/hr, THEN slowly throttle the associated recirc control valve to establish 2300 - 6000 gpm total Condensate flow:

  • 1FDW-65 15 Maintain Pzr level between 220 - 250.

EXAMINER NOTE: The SRO should refer to Tech Specs and make the following determinations:

  • TS 3.1.5 (Safety Rod Position Limits), Condition A applies (Safety rods are in Groups 1 - 4)
  • TS 3.2.3 (Quadrant Power Tilt), Condition A applies (due to misaligned control rod) (If the highest Incore QPT exceeds +7.11 then Condition B would apply)

This event is complete when Rx Power has decreased at least 10% and FWP suction has been adjusted, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 16 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 6 Page 1 of 1 Event

Description:

1TB 6900v lockout trips 2nd RCP (1A2) requiring manual Rx trip Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

1TB lockout will occur. This will cause a loss of 6900V power to the 1A2 and 1B2 RCP (1B2 already tripped). RPS alarms will occur indicating that the Reactor should have tripped, but it will remain at power.

Crew Response:

Recognizes the reactor should have tripped (< 3 RCPs operating with OATC Reactor power >2%. (OMP 1-18 Att. A), therefore manually trips the Reactor and then perform Immediate Manual Actions of the EOP.

3.1 Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.

3.2 Verify reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing.

3.3 Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton.

3.4 Verify all turbine stop valves closed.

3.5 Verify RCP seal injection available.

EXAMINER NOTE: The steam line break is automatically fired when the rods hit the bottom from the manual Rx trip. With an Excessive Heat Transfer in progress the SRO should not get an opportunity to take any of the Subsequent actions in the SA Tab.

BOP

  • The BOP will perform a symptom check. See Event #7 (next page) for expected results of symptom check.

This event is complete when an operator has manually tripped the Reactor and the IMAs have been performed, or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 17 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 1 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

  • 1SA-1/A-1, B-1, C-1, D-1, RP Channel Trip
  • 1SA-2/D-3, RC Press High/Low
  • 1SA-02/A-9 (MS PRESS HIGH/LOW)
  • ES Channels 1& 2 will actuate Crew response:

BOP will perform a Symptoms Check (per OMP 1-18 Attachment C)

SROBOP

  • Reactivity Control o Power Range NIs < 5% and decreasing
  • ICC/Loss of Subcooling Margin (SCM) o If any SCM 0°F, perform Rule 2
  • Loss of Heat Transfer (LOHT) o Loss of Main and Emergency FDW (including unsuccessful manual initiation of EFDW)
  • Excessive Heat Transfer (EHT) o Uncontrolled Main Steam Line(s) pressure decrease
  • Steam Generator Tube Rupture o CSAE off-gas alarms, process RIAs (RIA-40, 59, 60), area RIAs (RIA-16/17)

OATC/BOP Perform Rule #5 (Main Steam Line Break) after receiving concurrence from the SRO (details on page 22)

If SCM reaches 0°F at the beginning of the MSLB, Rule #2 will be performed (details on page 19)

SRO will direct performance of EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (details begin on page 27)

SRO refers to Parallel Actions page of the Subsequent Actions Tab and

  • if SCM > 0°F transfers to the Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (page 31)
  • if SCM = 0°F transfers to LOSCM tab (page 30)

The SRO will direct an RO to make a PA announcement and notify the OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and NSD-202 This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 18 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 2 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Rule 2 OATC/BOP

1. IAAT all exist:
  • Any SCM 0°F
  • Rx power 1%
  • 2 minutes elapsed since loss of SCM THEN perform Steps 2 and 3
2. Stop all RCPs (CT-1) (Within 2 minutes of LOSCM)
3. Notify CR SRO of RCP status
4. Verify Blackout exists RNO: GO TO Step 6
6. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP-25
7. Start all available HPI pumps
8. GO TO Step 13
13. Open 1HP-26 and 1HP-27
14. Verify at least two HPI pumps are operating using two diverse indications
15. IAAT 2 HPI pumps operating, AND HPI flow in any header is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1 THEN perform Steps 16 - 21.

RNO: GO TO Step 17

17. IAAT flow limits are exceeded Pump Operation Limit 1 HPI pump/hdr 475 gpm (incl. seal injection for A hdr) 1A & 1B HPI Total flow of 950 pumps operating gpm (incl. seal with 1HP-409 injection) open THEN perform Steps 18 - 20 RNO: GO TO Step 21 This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 19 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 3 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2 (cont.)

OATC/BOP 21. Notify CR SRO of HPI status.

22. Verify RCS pressure > 550 psig.
23. IAAT either exists:
  • LPI FLOW TRAIN A plus LPI FLOW TRAIN B 3400 gpm
  • Only one LPI header in operation with header flow 2900 gpm THEN GO TO Step 24 RNO: GO TO Step 35
35. IAAT TBV's are unavailable, THEN A Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)

B Notify CR SRO the ADVs are being aligned for use.

36. Verify 1SA-2/C-8 (AFIS HEADER A INITIATED) lit.

RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER A.

37. Verify 1SA-2/D-8 (AFIS HEADER B INITIATED) lit.

RNO: Select OFF for both digital channels on AFIS HEADER B.

38. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
39. Start MD EFDW pumps on all intact SGs:
  • 1A MD EFDWP
40. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
41. Verify both SGs intact RNO: Establish 450 gpm EFDW flow to the intact SG GO TO step 43
43. Verify both MD EFDWPs operating.

RNO: If 1 TDEFWP is operating, OR NO Main FDW Pumps are operating THEN GO TO step 45.

45. Trip both Main FDW pumps.

This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 20 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 4 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Rule 2 (cont.)

OATC/BOP 46. Place FDW block valve switches in CLOSE:

  • 1FDW-40 NOTE SG levels must continue to increase until SG Lvl Control Point is reached.

If Main FDW is feeding any SG, Rule 7 provides a different SG Level Control Point.

TS cooldown rates are 50°F/1/2 hr when T cold > 280°F and 25°F/1/2 hr when T cold 280°F.

47. Begin feeding all intact SGs to the appropriate SG Level Control Point in Rule 7 (SG Feed Control) using available feed sources;
48. IAAT SG Level Control Point is reached, Then maintain SG Level Control Point by feeding and steaming as necessary.
49. Notify CR SRO of SG feed status.

CAUTION If 1 TD EFDW PUMP is being used for SG feed and Unit 1 is supplying the Auxiliary Steam header, reducing SG pressure below 250 psig can result in reduced pumping capability.

50. IAAT SG pressure is > RCS pressure, THEN reduce SG pressure < RCS pressure using either:
  • Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (operation of the ADVs)
51. Verify any Main FDW pump operating.

RNO: GO TO Step 58.

58. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete.
59. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule.

This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 21 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 5 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Rule 5 OATC/BOP

1. Perform the following on affected headers:

EXAMINER NOTE: AFIS did not auto actuate because a malfunction is preventing it, but the manual initiation below does work.

  • Initiate AFIS 1B SG Digital Channels 1 and 2 (CT-17)
  • Select OFF for 1B MDEFDW Pump EXAMINER NOTE: Overcooling must be stopped prior to violating NDT limits. The critical task is to stop feeding the affected SG.
  • Trip both Main FDW pumps
2. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.

RNO: 1. IF MD EFDWP for the intact SG is operating, THEN GO TO Step 5

2. Start 1 TD EFDW Pump
3. Verify 1 TD EFDW Pump is feeding affected SG.

RNO: GO TO Step 5

5. Verify 1B SG is an affected SG.
6. Open 1AS-40 while closing 1MS-47.
7. WHEN overcooling is stopped, THEN adjust steaming of unaffected SG to maintain CETCs constant using either:
  • Send two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of ADVs)

This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 22 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 6 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Rule 5 (continued)

OATC/BOP CAUTION Thermal shock conditions may develop if HPI is NOT throttled and RCS pressure NOT controlled.

8. WHEN all of the following exist:
  • Core SCM >0° F
  • Rx Pwr 1%
  • Pzr Level increasing, THEN continue
9. Verify ES HPI actuated
10. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS
11. Place ES CH 1 and ES CH 2 in MANUAL
12. Perform the following to stabilize RCS P/T:
  • Reduce 1HP-120 setpoint to > 100 (180 ACC)
  • Adjust steaming of unaffected SG (1B SG) to maintain CETCs constant
13. WHEN CETCs have stabilized, THEN resume use of TC for RCS temperature control
14. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or complete (see next page)
15. Ensure Rule 8 (Pressurized Thermal Shock (PTS)) is in progress or complete (see page 26)
16. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 23 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 7 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Rule 3 (as directed by Rule 5)

OATC/BOP 1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding.

RNO: GO TO Step 3

3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency),

AND any of the following exist:

  • RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
  • Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]

THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).

4. Start operable EFDW pumps as required to feed all intact SGs
5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
6. GO TO Step 37.
37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38-42.

RNO: GO TO Step 43

43. Verify any SCM 0°F.

RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Feed Control),

THEN throttle EFDW, as necessary.

44. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation). (see next page)
45. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule.

This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 24 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 8 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) as directed by Rule 3

1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
2. IAAT UST level is < 4',

THEN GO TO Step 120

3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform Steps 4-7 RNO: GO TO Step 8
8. Perform the following as required to maintain UST level > 7.5':
  • Makeup with demin water.
  • Place CST pumps in AUTO.
9. IAAT all the following exist:
  • Rapid cooldown NOT in progress
  • MD EFDWP operating for each available SG
  • EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK.
10. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
11. Start TD EFDWP BEARING OIL COOLING PUMP.

NOTE

  • Loss of the condensate system for 25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C-10 is 10% open.
  • If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities.

This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 25 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 9 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior OATC/BOP Rule 8 (as directed by Rule 5)

EXAMINER NOTE: Neither of the criteria in the note below are met so no actions are required in Rule 8. If the crew pulls Rule 8 as directed by Rule 5, they should immediately EXIT back out based on the note at the beginning.

NOTE This rule is invoked under either of the following conditions:

  • A cooldown below 400°F T c at > 100 °F/hr has occurred.
  • HPI has injected through an open or throttled open 1HP-26, 27, 409, 410 with all RCPs OFF.
  • SCM must be minimized. The following methods may be used at the discretion of the CR SRO:
  • Throttling HPI per Rule 6 (HPI)
  • De-energizing Pzr heaters
  • Using Pzr normal spray
  • Using Pzr aux spray
  • Throttling LPI {22}
  • Once RCS temperature is stable, a 1-hour hold of RCS temperature must be performed unless a LOCA or SGTR is in progress. Use T c in loop with an operating RCP or use CETCs if NO RCPs are operating.
  • Once invoked, SCM shall remain minimized until Engineering has performed an evaluation and determined that PTS restrictions NO longer apply. Starting RCPs and/or restoring cool down rates to normal values do NOT negate the need for this evaluation.

This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 26 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 10 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation)

OATC/BOP

1. Determine all ES channels that should have actuated based on RCS pressure and RB pressure.
  • RCS 1600 psig: Channels 1, 2
2. Verify all ES digital channels associated with actuation setpoints have actuated.
3. IAAT additional ES actuation setpoints are exceeded, THEN perform Steps 1-2.
4. Place Diverse HPI in BYPASS
5. Place ES CH 1 and ES CH 2 in MANUAL
6. Verify Rule 2 in progress or complete.

RNO: GO TO Step 73

73. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP-25
74. Ensure at least two HPI pumps are operating
75. Verify 1HP-26 and 1HP-27 are open NOTE TO EXAMINER: Conditions not met to require opening 1HP-410 or 1HP-409. No operator action required at this time by step 76.
76. IAAT at least two HPI pumps are operating, AND HPI flow in any header that has NOT been intentionally throttled is in the Unacceptable Region of Figure 1, THEN open the following in the affected header:

1A Header 1B Header 1HP-410 1HP-409

77. Verify any RCP operating
78. Open 1HP-20 and 1HP-21
79. IAAT all exist:
  • Voter associated with ES channel is in OVERRIDE
  • An ES channel is manually actuated
  • Components on that channel required manipulation THEN depress RESET on the required channel This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 27 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 11 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued)

OATC/BOP

80. IAAT any RCP is operating, AND ES Channels 5 and 6 actuate, THEN perform Steps 81 - 84 RNO: GO TO Step 85
85. IAAT ES Channels 3 & 4 are actuated, THEN GO TO Step 86 RNO: GO TO Step 123.

123. Start A & B Outside Air Booster Fans.

124. Notify Unit 3 to Start 3A & 3B Outside Air Booster Fans.

125. Verify open 1CF-1 and 1CF-2.

126. Verify 1HP-410 closed.

127. Secure makeup to the LDST.

128. Verify all ES channel 1 & 2 components are in the ES position.

129. Verify Unit 2 turbine tripped.

RNO: GO TO Step 132 132. Close 1LPSW-139.

133. Place in FAIL OPEN:

135. Verify either:

  • Three LPSW pumps operating

THEN initiate Encl 5.12 (ECCS Suction Swap to RBES).

138. Dispatch an operator to perform Encl 5.2 (Placing RB Hydrogen Analyzers In Service).

This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 28 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 12 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Enclosure 5.1 (ES Actuation) (continued)

OATC/BOP 139. Notify U2 CR SRO that SSF is inoperable due to OTS1-1 open.

140. Ensure any turnover sheet compensatory measures for ES actuation are complete as necessary.

141. IAAT conditions causing ES actuation have cleared, THEN initiate Encl 5.41 (ES Recovery).

142. WHEN CR SRO approves, THEN EXIT.

This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 29 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 13 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP LOSCM tab SRO The SRO will direct an RO to make a PA announcement and notify the OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and NSD-202

1. Ensure Rule 2 in progress or complete
2. Verify Station ASW feeding SG (it is not).

RNO: GO TO step 4

4. Verify LOSCM caused by Excessive Heat Transfer
5. Verify EHT tab has been performed (it has not been).

RNO: GO TO EHT tab (details begin on next page)

This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 30 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 14 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EOP Excessive Heat Transfer Tab (EHT)

SRO The SRO will direct an RO to make a PA announcement and notify the OSM to reference the Emergency Plan and NSD-202

1. Verify any SG pressure < 550 psig
2. Ensure Rule 5 (Main Steam Line Break) in progress or complete
3. Place the following in HAND and decrease demand to zero on all affected SGs:
4. Close the following on all affected SGs:
5. Verify level in both SGs < 96% O.R.
6. IAAT core SCM is > 0°F, THEN perform Steps 7 and 8
7. Throttle HPI per Rule 6 (HPI) (CT-5)

Note: HPI flow must be throttled and RCS temperature controlled to prevent a solid Pzr and subsequent operation of the PORV.

8. Verify letdown in service.

RNO: IF desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control) (see page 37)

9. Verify any SG has an intact secondary boundary (intact SG)

NOTE If only one SG is intact and has been isolated for SGTR, the following steps will unisolate and use it for heat removal.

10. Open the following on all intact SGs
11. Start MDEFDWP associated with all intact SGs
  • 1A MD EFDWP RNO: Start TDEFDWP
12. Feed and steam all intact SGs to stabilize RCS P/T using either of the following:
  • Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs)

This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 31 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 7 Page 15 of 15 Event

Description:

1B MSLB outside the reactor building Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior EHT Tab (continued)

SRO 13. GO TO Step 32

32. Verify any of the following:
  • HPI has operated in the injection mode while NO RCPs were operating
  • A cooldown below 400°F at > 100°F/hr has occurred RNO: GO TO Step 34 BOOTH CUE: Fire Timer 8 after step 32 to fail 1FDW-315 OPEN.
34. Verify 1MS-24 and 1MS-33 are closed
35. Open 1AS-8
36. Close 1SSH-9
37. Perform the following notifications:
  • Notify Chemistry to determine RCS boron concentration and to sample RBES for boron.
  • Notify Secondary Chemistry to check for indications of SGTR
  • Notify RP to check for indications of a SGTR This event is complete when step 32 complete in EHT Tab or as directed by the lead examiner Page 32 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 8 Page 1 of 2 Event

Description:

1FDW-315 fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior ALL Plant response:

  • 1A SG level will increase above the setpoint (30 inches XSUR)

Crew response:

The crew should determine that 1FDW-315 is open and perform Rule 3 IAAT step 37 or may re-perform Rule 3.

Rule 3 will:

1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding.

RNO: GO TO Step 3

3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency),

AND any of the following exist:

  • RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
  • Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]

THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling).

4. Start operable EFDW pumps as required to feed all intact SGs
5. Verify any EFDW pump operating.
6. GO TO Step 37.
37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38-42.
38. Place EFDW valve in MANUAL.
39. Control EFDW flow with EFDW valve in MANUAL. (will not work)

RNO: GO TO Step 41

41. Notify CR SRO that Encl 5.27 (Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow) is being initiated.

This event is complete when EFDW flow has been established to the 1A SG via the startup control valves or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 33 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 2 Event No.: 8 Page 2 of 2 Event

Description:

1FDW-315 fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior ALL EOP Encl 5.27 (Alternate Methods for Controlling EFDW Flow)

1. Identify the failure: 1FDW-315 failed OPEN. GO TO Step 16.
16. Verify 1A MD EFDWP operating.
17. Stop 1A MD EFDWP.
18. Place 1TD EFDW PUMP in PUMP TO LOCK.
19. Place 1FDW-35 in HAND and set demand to 0%.
20. Close 1FDW-33.
21. Verify 1A MD EFDWP will be used.
22. Perform the following:
23. Verify the following:
24. Start 1A MD EFDWP
25. Verify either of the following exists:
  • HP Forced Cooling is maintaining core cooling
  • CBP feed providing SG feed
25. RNO
1. IF any SG is being fed (no SG is being fed)
2. IF NO SG is being fed, AND Tc > 550ºF, THEN perform the following:

A. Throttle 1FDW-35 to establish a maximum of 100 gpm.

B. Initiate cooldown to 550ºF by feeding with 1FDW-35 and steaming intact SGs at a rate that prevents RCS saturation.

3. IF NO SG is being fed, AND Tc 550ºF, THEN perform the following:

A. Throttle 1FDW-35 to establish a maximum of 100 gpm.

B. Feed with 1FDW-35 and steam intact SGs to stabilize Tc to 550ºF.

This event is complete when EFDW flow has been established to the 1A SG via the startup control valves or as directed by the lead examiner.

Page 34 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 1 of 8 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See excerpt below.

ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, desired Pzr level: THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
  • 1A HPI Pump desired Pzr level.
2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:

A. Open:

__ 1CS-26

__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED.

C. Notify SRO.

5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

Page 35 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, __ GO TO Step 10.

THEN perform Steps 7 - 9.

7. Open: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 8.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:

A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.

C. __ GO TO Step 9.

Page 36 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

8. Start 1C HPI PUMP. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
9. Throttle the following as required to 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, maintain desired Pzr level: AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.

Page 37 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be __ GO TO Step 12.

maintained, THEN perform Step 11.

11. Perform the following: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 12.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

Page 38 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

12. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
13. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
14. IAAT all of the following exist: __ GO TO Step 34.
  • Letdown isolated
  • Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 15 - 33. {41}
15. Open: 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be
  • 1CC-7 restored due to inability to restart the CC
2. __ GO TO Step 34.
16. Ensure only one CC pump running.
17. Place the non-running CC pump in AUTO.
18. Verify both are open: 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP-3 failing to
  • 1HP-2 THEN GO TO Step 20.
2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 20.
19. GO TO Step 22.

NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.

20. Verify letdown line leak in East __ GO TO Step 22.

Penetration Room has occurred.

21. GO TO Step 34.

Page 39 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

22. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
23. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed 1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in in service. service, THEN open:

__1HP-1

__1HP-3

2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open:

__1HP-2

__1HP-4

3. __ GO TO Step 25.
24. Open:
25. Verify at least one letdown cooler is Perform the following:

aligned. A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.

B. __ GO TO Step 34.

26. Close 1HP-6.
27. Close 1HP-7.
28. Verify letdown temperature < 125°F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13.
2. Close:

__1HP-8

__1HP-9&11

3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:

A. __Select 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

B. __Close 1HP-16.

4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.

Page 40 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

29. Open 1HP-5.
30. Adjust 1HP-7 for 20 gpm letdown.
31. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125°F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
32. Open 1HP-6.
33. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.

NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level.

34. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
35. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:

A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.

B. Secure the desired HPI pumps.

C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.

36. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
  • Makeup from BWST NOT required
  • LDST level > 55
  • Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close:

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

37. Verify 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has __ GO TO Step 39.

been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.

38. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:

A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

B. Locally position 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).

C. Close 1CS-46.

D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

E. Locally throttle 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90 - 110 psig discharge pressure.

F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

39. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, __ GO TO Step 41.

AND only one Letdown filter is desired.

40. Perform one of the following:
41. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
  • *
  • END
  • Page 42 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam CRITICAL TASKS

1. CT-1, Stop all RCPs (Within 2 minutes of LOSCM). page 19 (contingent on LOSCM due to overcooling)
2. CT-17, Initiate AFIS to stop overcooling on MSLB. page 22
3. CT-5, Throttle HPI per Rule 6. page 31 Page 43 of 44

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (OSM)

SSF Operable: Yes KHU's Operable: U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable: 2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CR SRO)

Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 1 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power: 75% Mode: 1 Mode: 1 Gross MWE: 702 100% Power 100% Power RCS Leakage: .024 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate: .01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CR SRO)

Component/Train OOS Restoration TS/SLC #

Date/Time Required Date/Time SSF Today 0000 7 Days TS 3.10.1 A B C D E Shift Turnover Items (CR SRO)

Primary

  • SASS in Manual for I&E Secondary
  • Holding power at 75% to facilitate work on 1B FDWP.
  • 1B FWPT on Handjack
  • Voltage Regulator in Manual for maintenance. I&E ready to return it to Auto and reduce VARs to approximately 150 (+ 10) using OP/1/A/1106/001, Encl 4.8 (Changing Generator MVAR) to verify proper operation. SOC is already notified the Voltage Regulator will be swapped to AUTO Reactivity Management (CR SRO)

R2 Reactivity management controls RCS Boron: 86 ppmB Gp 7 Rod Position: 75% established in the Control Room per SOMP 01-02 Human Performance Emphasis (OSM)

Procedure Use and Adherence

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 ILT44 NRC Exam Facility: Oconee Scenario No.: 3 Op-Test No.: 1 Examiners: ________________________ Operators: ________________________SRO

________________________ ________________________OATC

________________________ ________________________BOP Initial Conditions:

  • Reactor power = 0.02%; below POAH Unit 2: 100%, Unit 3: 100%

Turnover:

  • Unit 1 Startup in progress; BOL; not after refueling
  • Startup procedure at step 3.36 (OP/1/A/1102/001 Encl 4.7)
  • Increase Reactor power to 6 -7%

Event Malfunction Event Event Type* Description No. No.

0a Override Auto start of HPIP on low seal injection flow is blocked 0b Override 1HP-26 failed CLOSED 0c 1 R, OATC, SRO Increase reactor power to 6 -7%

2 Override C: BOP, SRO(TS) Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation 3 MPS270,1 C: BOP, SRO High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP 4 Override C: OATC, SRO, PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN 1A HPI pump trips and standby HPI pump fails to auto 5 Override C: BOP, SRO (TS) start 6 Override C: OATC, SRO Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS MEL170 M: ALL Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 CT-1 Lockout 7 MEL180 KHU-2 Emergency Lockout 8 MSS330 TDEFWP trips

  • (N)ormal, (R)eactivity, (I)nstrument, (C)omponent, (M)ajor

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 1 Page 1 of 1 Event

Description:

Increase reactor power to 6 - 7%

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew response:

OP/1/A/1102/001 (Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup)

OATC/SRO NOTE:

POAH is normally achieved from 0.05 to 0.15% power on Wide Range Indications.

When POAH is achieved: TBVs will begin to open, 1HP-120 will begin to close, TAVE will increase, & SUR will decrease with negative Moderator Temperature Coefficient.

Wide Range indications are used since Source Range NIs saturate.

3.36 Begin reactor power increase to 0.5 - 1.0% at 0.5 DPM SUR.

3.37 WHEN above POAH, begin reactor power increase to 2.5 -3.5%.

3.38 WHILE power increases, begin increasing 1HP-120 (RC VOLUME CONTROL) setpoint to establish 215 to 225 PZR Level NOTE:

TAVE error is blocked when on Low Level Limit and TAVE is < setpoint.

Core reactivity effects are minimized with Rx in automatic. (R.M.)

3.39 WHEN at 2.5% - 3.5% Power, perform the following:

  • Place REACTOR MASTER to "AUTO".
  • Place DIAMOND to "AUTO".
  • Ensure TURBINE MASTER Setpoint to 880 - 890 psig.

3.40- 3.42 already completed 3.43 WHILE power change is in progress, monitor the following indications:

  • Appropriate ranged Nis
  • Neutron error
  • RCS Loop T and FDW Flow
  • OAC Point O1E2129 and O1E2130 3.44 Begin power increase to 6% - 7% per Encl. 4.16 (CTP Adjustments)

Event is complete when ICS is placed in AUTO and CTP is 6-7% or when directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 2 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 1 of 4 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • 1A RBS pump will start

SRO/OATC Crew Response:

The SRO will initiate AP/1/A/1700/042 Inadvertent ES Actuation 4.1 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ Diverse HPI (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 1 (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 2 (not actuated)

RNO: GO TO step 4.4 4.4 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ ES Channel 5 (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 6 (not actuated)

RNO: 1. IF ES Channel 1, ES Channel 2, or Diverse HPI have inadvertently actuated, AND it is desired to restore letdown, THEN initiate AP/42 Encl 5.2 (Letdown Restoration)

2. GO TO Step 4.10 4.10 Close 1HP-24 and 1HP-25 NOTE If personnel are available, progression should continue while Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress.

4.11 Ensure AP/42 Encl 5.1 (Required Operator Actions) is in progress (see page 5) 4.12 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ Diverse LPI

__ ES Channel 3

__ ES Channel 4 RNO: GO TO Step 4.17 This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 3 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 2 of 4 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/42 (continued) 4.17 Verify the Rx is critical CAUTION SRO/OATC Do NOT add demin water to counter the boration until RCS boron concentration stabilizes to prevent a positive reactivity event.

NOTE ICS in Auto means ICS is in control of Tave and Rx power.

4.18 Verify ICS in Auto Examiner Note: Rods will not go outside the desired control band since there is no reactivity event associated with ES-7 actuation.

4.19 Verify control rods are outside the desired control band RNO: GO TO Step 4.21 4.21 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ ES Channel 1

__ Diverse HPI RNO: GO TO Step 4.24 4.24 Notify SPOC to investigate and repair the cause of the inadvertent ES actuation, as necessary 4.25 Initiate logging TS/SLC Entry/Exit, as applicable, IAW Encl 5.4 (TS/SLC Requirements)

EXAMINER NOTE: TS 3.3.7 (Engineered Safeguards Protective System (ESPS) Digital Automatic Actuation Logic Channels) due to the automatic actuation logic being blocked if any ES channel is in MANUAL or ES Voters in OVERRIDE 4.26 WHEN all of the following exist:

__ Reason for inadvertent ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI actuation has been resolved

__ ES Channel or Diverse HPI/LPI reset is desired

__ OSM concurs THEN continue This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 4 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 3 of 4 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

AP/1/A/1700/042 Enclosure 5.1 Required Operator Actions 1 Initiate announcement of AP entry using the PA system SRO/BOP 2 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ Diverse HPI (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 1 (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 2 3 Open the following:

__ 1HP-20

__ 1HP-21 4 Open the following for operating RCPs:

__ 1HP-228 (1A1)

__ 1HP-226 (1A2)

__ 1HP-232 (1B1)

__ 1HP-230 (1B2) 5 Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

__ ES Channel 7 (not actuated)

__ ES Channel 8 (not actuated) 6 Perform the following on all inadvertently actuated channel(s):

__ Ensure ES CH-7 is in MANUAL

__ Ensure ES CH-8 is in MANUAL 7 Stop the following:

__ 1A RBS PUMP

__ 1B RBS PUMP 8 Close the following:

__ 1BS-1

__ 1BS-2 9 Perform the following:

A. Open the following to restore RB RIAs:

__ 1PR-7

__ 1PR-8

__ 1PR-9

__ 1PR-10 B. From the ENABLE CONTROLS screen on the RIA View Node, perform the following:

1. Select OFF for RB RIA sample pump
2. Start the RB RIA sample pump This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 5 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 2 Page 4 of 4 Event

Description:

Inadvertent ES Channel 7 actuation (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/42 Encl. 5.1 (Cont.)

10. Verify any of the following have inadvertently actuated:

SRO/BOP

__ Diverse HPI

__ ES Channel 1 RNO: GO TO Step 12

12. EXIT this enclosure This event is complete when the SRO has referred to TS at step 4.25, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 6 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 1 of 4 Event

Description:

High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

  • OAC alarm O1D1036 (RCP 1A2 MTR LOWER OIL POT LEVEL HI)

Crew Response:

SRO/BOP Refer to Alarm Response Guide for O1D1036 (RCP 1A2 MTR LOWER OIL POT LEVEL HI)

1) Display RCP parameters and closely monitor oil levels and bearing temperatures.
2) Refer to AP/1/A/1700/016 (Abnormal Reactor Coolant Pump Operation)
3) Notify OSM and RCP Component Engineer of the alarm.

AP/1/A/1700/016, Abnormal RCP Operation 4.1 IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria),

THEN perform Steps 4.2 - 4.11.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.12 EXAMINER NOTE: In step 4.12, the crew may conservatively decide to secure the RCP because the oil pot level is threatening to go offscale high. If so, they will proceed to step 4.13 and will not end up in Section 4C. This path is on page 8. This path or the path below are acceptable 4.12 IAAT either of the following apply:

  • Any RCP approaching immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria)
  • It is desired to secure a RCP THEN perform Steps 4.13 - 4.15.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.16 4.16 Announce AP entry using the PA system.

4.17 Notify OSM to request evaluation by RCP Component Engineer.

4.18 IAAT the failure is identified, THEN GO TO the applicable section per the following table:

Section Failure 4A Seal Failure 4B Abnormal Vibration 4C High or Low Oil Pot Level 4D Loss of Seal Return 4E Abnormal RCP Temperatures This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 7 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 2 of 4 Event

Description:

High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/016, Section 4C SRO/BOP 1 IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1 (RCP Immediate Trip Criteria),

THEN perform Steps 2 - 11.

RNO: GO TO Step 12 12 Start trending RCP oil pot levels. (Turn-on Code "unitpump"RCPT3, example 1A2RCPT3)

NOTE

  • RCP oil pot level indication range is +1.5 to -1.5 inches.
  • RCP motor oil pot temperatures and RCP motor guide bearing temperatures may be used to validate low oil pot level. {4}

13 IAAT oil pot level threatens to go off scale high or low for an operating RCP, THEN perform Steps 14 - 24.

14 Verify MODE 1 or 2.

15 Verify three RCPs will remain operating after affected RCP is tripped.

16 Verify Rx power is 70% as indicated on all NIs.

17 Verify any SG on Low Level Limits.

EXAMINER NOTE: STATALARMS 1SA-07/D-8 (1A2 RCPMP Trip), 1SA-02/A-3 (RC Loop A Flow Low), & 1SA-02/A-5 (RC Total Flow Low) will alarm when the 1A2 RCP is stopped.

18 Stop the affected RCP.

19 GO TO Step 23.

23 Initiate Encl 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) of OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power).

24 Make the following notifications:

  • Notify OSM to make required notifications of OMP 1-14 (Notifications).
  • Notify Rx Engineering and request a power maneuver plan, if needed.
  • Notify SOC if load reduction was required.
  • Notify Chemistry to take RCS boron samples on a 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> frequency.

This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 8 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 3 of 4 Event

Description:

High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP AP/1/A/1700/016, Section 4C (continued) 25 IAAT an RB fire exists, THEN perform Steps 26 - 29.

RNO: GO TO Step 30 30 IAAT either of the following conditions is met:

  • a RCP with low oil level has been shut down for 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> , {9}
  • a RCP with high oil level has been shut down THEN close the associated RCP motor cooler inlet/outlet valve:
  • 1LPSW-11&12 (1B2 RCP) 31 IAAT a RCP has been tripped due to exceeding Immediate Trip Criteria on a RCP motor, THEN contact RCP engineer prior to restart. {8}

32 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT this procedure.

This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 9 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 3 Page 4 of 4 Event

Description:

High Oil Level on 1A2 RCP Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/016, (continued)

SRO/BOP 4.13 Verify Rx Power > 70%.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.15 4.15 WHEN Rx Power is 70% ,

THEN GO TO Step 4.2.

4.2 Verify MODE 1 or 2.

4.3 Verify Rx power is 70% a s indica te d on all NIs.

4.4 Verify three RCPs will remain operating after affected RCP is tripped.

4.5 Verify any SG on Low Level Limits.

4.6 Stop the affected RCP.

4.7 GO TO Step 4.26.

4.26 Initiate Encl 4.3 (Special Instructions for < 4 RCP Operation) of OP/1/A/1102/004 (Operation at Power).

4.27 IAAT an RCP has been shut down for 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br />, {9}

THEN close the associated RCP motor cooler inlet/outlet valves:

This event is complete when actions to secure the 1A2 RCP are completed, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 10 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 4 Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Booth Cue: Call control room as Secondary Chemist and request position of 1AS-35 (Stm to E Heaters) and steam flow to E heaters. While BOP is at vertical boards, fire Timer 4 to initiate event.

Plant Response:

  • RCS pressure will decrease
  • 1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HIGH/LOW)

Crew Response:

EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may perform Plant Transient Response (PTR)

Refer to Alarm Response Guide 1SA-2/D-3 (RC PRESS HIGH/LOW) 3.2 Low Alarm 3.2.1 Refer to AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control)

AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control)

SRO/OATC 3. Immediate Manual Actions 3.1 IAAT PORV is open, and RC pressure is < setpoint (2400 psig (HIGH) or 480 psig (LOW)),

THEN close 1RC-4 3.2 IAAT RC pressure <2155 psig, AND 1RC-1 indicates open, THEN select 1RC-1 to CLOSE EXAMINER NOTE: The crew may perform Immediate Manual Action Step 3.3 from memory prior to the SRO entering AP/44.

3.3 IAAT all the following conditions exist:

__ RC pressure < 2155 psig

__ RC pressure decreasing without a corresponding decrease in PZR level THEN close 1RC-3 EXAMINER NOTE: If the block valve (1RC-3) is not closed, the Reactor will trip on variable low pressure and ES actuation will occur

.

This event is complete when 1RC-3 is re-opened and 1RC-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 11 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 4 Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control) (continued)

SRO/OATC 4.1 Announce AP entry using the PA system 4.2 GO TO the applicable step per the following table:

Failure Caused Step RCS Pressure Decrease 4.3 Increase 4.18 4.3 Verify 1RC-4 is closed.

RNO: IF PORV is open, AND 1RC-4 has failed to close....

4.4 Verify 1RC-3 is closed NOTE 1RC-3 must NOT be allowed to be closed for 36 minutes at a time to avoid a thermal transient in piping between 1RC-3 and the PZR spray nozzle.

4.5 Position 1RC-3 as required to maintain RC pressure within desired band.

4.6 GO TO Step 4.13 4.13 Verify PZR heaters maintaining RCS pressure within desired band 4.14 Notify SPOC to repair malfunctioning component 4.15 Ensure requirements of following are met: (no TS should apply)

SRO

This event is complete when 1RC-3 is opened and 1RC-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 12 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 4 Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

PZR Spray Valve (1RC-1) Fails OPEN Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/1/A/1700/044 (Abnormal Pressurizer Pressure Control) (continued)

BOOTH CUE: Fire Timer 15 to repair 1RC-1 then call control room as SPOC and inform the crew that (using Time Compression) the control module for 1RC-1 had failed. It has been replaced and 1RC-1can be returned to normal operation SRO/OATC 4.16 WHEN repairs complete, THEN place the following components in desired position for current plant conditions as determined by CR SRO.

  • PZR heater bank #1
  • PZR heater bank #2
  • PZR heater bank #3
  • PZR heater bank #4 4.17 WHEN directed by the CR SRO, THEN EXIT this procedure.

This event is complete when 1RC-3 is opened and 1RC-1 is in Auto, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 13 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 5 Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

1A HPI pump trips and standby HPI pump fails to auto start (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant response:

Statalarms:

Board indications:

  • RC Makeup Flow = ~0 gpm
  • 1A HPI Pump amps low = ~15 amps PZR level will begin to decrease and LDST level will begin to increase.

Crew response:

Refer to ARGs: Refer to AP/14 AP/1/A/1700/014, Loss of Normal HPI Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection SRO/OATC 3.1 IAAT RCP seal injection flow is lost, AND Component Cooling is lost, THEN perform the following:

A. Trip the Rx.

B. Stop all RCPs.

C. Initiate AP/25 (SSF EOP).

3.2 IAAT loss of suction to operating HPI pumps is indicated:

  • Motor amps low or cycling
  • Discharge pressure low or cycling
  • Abnormal LDST level trend THEN GO TO Step 3.3.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.7 4.7 Announce AP entry using PA System.

4.8 Verify any HPI pump operating.

RNO 1. Close 1HP-5

2. Place 1HP-120 in HAND and closed
3. Place 1HP-31 in HAND and closed
4. Attempt to start the Standby HPIP (1B HPIP starts)
5. IF standby HPI pump started, THEN GO TO Step 4.111.

This event is complete when 1HP-31 is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 14 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 5 Page 2 of 3 Event

Description:

1A HPI pump trips and standby HPI pump fails to auto start (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/14, Loss of Normal HPI Makeup and/or RCP Seal Injection (continued)

OATC/BOP 4.111 Place 1HP-31 in HAND 4.112 Slowly open 1HP-31 until 8 gpm/RCP is achieved.

4.113 Re-establish normal makeup through 1HP120.

4.114 Ensure proper operation of the Component Cooling System.

4.115 Reduce 1HP-7 demand to 0%.

4.116 Close 1HP-6 4.117 Open the following:

1HP-1 1HP-2 1HP-3 1HP-4 BOOTH NOTE: Crew may direct AO to open & rack out the 1A HPIP breaker. (Use Quick Strike to remove fuses) 4.118 Open 1HP-5 4.119 Throttle open 1HP-7 for 20 gpm letdown flow.

4.120 Open 1HP-6 4.121 Adjust 1HP-7 for desired letdown flow.

4.122 Open the following:1HP-228, 1HP-226,1HP-232, 1HP-230 4.123 Open 1HP-21.

4.124 IAAT SEAL INLET HDR FLOW 32 gpm, THEN place 1HP-31 in AUTO 4.125 Monitor RCP seal parameters.

4.126 Maintain RCP seal injection flows as required.

4.127 Log thermal cycle of 1A HPI header.

4.128 WHEN conditions permit, THEN EXIT this procedure.

Note: Crew may enter AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) as a result of high seal return temperatures. Steps are on the next page.

This event is complete when 1HP-31 is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 15 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 5 Page 3 of 3 Event

Description:

1A HPI pump trips and standby HPI pump fails to auto start (TS)

Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation)

OATC/BOP 4.1 IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria (does not)

RNO: GO TO Step 4.12 4.12 IAAT all of the following apply:

  • Any RCP approaching immediate trip criteria of Encl 5.1.
  • It is desired to secure a RCP THEN perform Steps 4.13 - 4.15:

RNO: GO TO Step 4.16 4.16 Announce AP entry using the PA system.

4.17 Notify OSM to request evaluation by RCP Component Engineer.

4.18 IAAT the failure is identified, THEN GO TO the applicable section per the following table:

4D Loss of Seal Return AP/16 (Abnormal RCP Operation) Section 4D

1. IAAT any RCP meets immediate trip criteria (does not)

RNO: GO TO Step 12

12. Monitor RCP parameters for abnormalities (Turn on Code RCP).
13. Open 1HP-20 and 1HP-21
14. Open1HP-228, 1HP-226, 1HP-232, and 1HP-230
15. Verify either of the following (not met)

RNO GO TO Step 17.

17. Verify RCP seal return low flow alarms off.

RNO: Request that RCP Component Engineer provide the following:

  • Immediate evaluation
  • Additional monitoring requirements EXAMINER CUE: If candidate attempts to monitor the Loose part Monitor, indicate that the noise is normal.

EXAMINER NOTE: Due to sequence of events, SRO may not review the TS during the scenario. Follow-up questions may be required to ensure knowledge of this competency. Tech Spec 3.5.2 High Pressure Injection

  • Condition A
  • Completion Time: 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> This event is complete when 1HP-31 is placed in AUTO, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 16 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 6 Page 1 of 3 Event

Description:

Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior Plant Response:

An automatic RX trip should have occurred due to the Main Feedwater pump trip Crew Response:

The SRO will direct the OATC to perform EOP Immediate Manual Actions The SRO will direct the BOP to perform a Symptoms Check OATC EOP Immediate Manual Actions:

3.1 Depress REACTOR TRIP pushbutton.

3.2 Verify reactor power < 5% FP and decreasing. (Power will not be decreasing)

RNO: GO TO Rule 1 (ATWS/Unanticipated Nuclear Power Production)

EOP Rule 1 (CT-24)

1. Verify any Power Range NI 5% FP OATC RNO: IF in MODE 1 or 2 THEN GO TO Step 2
2. Initiate manual control rod insertion to the IN LIMIT
3. Notify CR SRO to GO TO UNPP tab (see next page)
4. Open 1HP-24 and 1HP-25
5. Ensure only one of the following operating:
6. Start 1C HPI PUMP
7. Open 1HP-26 and 1HP-27 (Note: 1HP-26 will Not OPEN)

RNO IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, Then open 1HP-410

8. Dispatch one operator without wearing Arc Flash PPE to open 600V CRD breakers on the following:

Booth Cue: When contacted to open CRD breakers, FIRE TIMER 14 to Trip CRD breakers (4 minutes timer)

9. Verify only two HPI pumps operating RNO: IF all HPI pumps operating, THEN perform the following:

(does not apply)

10. EXIT this rule This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the Subsequent Actions tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 17 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 6 Page 2 of 4 Event

Description:

Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

SRO EOP UNPP tab:

1. Ensure Rule 1 is in progress or complete
2. Verify Main FDW is operating and in AUTO RNO: IF MFDW is operating in MAN, THEN adjust MFDW flow, as necessary, to control RCS temperature
3. IAAT Main FDW is NOT operating, THEN perform the following:

A. Trip the turbine-generator B. Start all available EFDW pumps C. Ensure Rule 3 is in progress or complete (See Page 20)

4. IAAT all power range Nis are < 5% FP, THEN perform Steps 5-6 RNO: GO TO Step 7
5. Depress turbine TRIP pushbutton
6. Verify all turbine stop valves closed
7. Verify any wide range NI > 1% FP RNO: GO TO Step 16
8. Open 1RC-4
9. Verify1HP-5 open
10. Maximize letdown
11. Verify Main FDW available RNO: GO TO Step 13
12. Adjust Main FDW flow as necessary to control RCS temperature
13. Verify overcooling in progress RNO: GO TO Step 16
16. Secure makeup to LDST
17. WHEN all Wide Range Nis are 1% FP, AND decreasing, THEN continue
18. Control RCS temperature using the following methods:

__ Tave 555°F - Adjust SG pressure as necessary to stabilize RCS temperature using either of the following:

  • Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24

__ Tave > 555°F - Utilize Rule 7 (SG Feed Control) to control SG feed rate as necessary to maintain cooldown rate within Tech Spec limits during the approach to the SG Level Control Point

19. Throttle HPI per Rule 6 (HPI)

This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the Subsequent Actions tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 18 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 6 Page 3 of 4 Event

Description:

Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

SRO 20. WHEN RCS pressure < 2300 psig, THEN continue

21. Verify PORV closed
22. Adjust letdown flow as desired
23. Verify RCP seal injection available
24. GO TO Subsequent Actions tab EOP Subsequent Actions tab:

4.1 Verify all control rods in Groups 1-7 fully inserted 4.2 Verify Main FDW in operation 4.3 Verify either of the following:

__ Main FDW overfeeding causing excessive temperature decrease

__ Main FDW underfeeding causing SG level decrease below setpoint RNO: GO TO Step 4.5 4.5 IAAT Main FDW is operating, AND level in any SG is > 96% on the Operating Range, THEN perform Steps 4.6 - 4.8 RNO: GO TO Step 4.9 4.9 IAAT TBVs CANNOT control SG pressure at desired setpoint, THEN manually control pressure in affected SG using either of the following:

__ TBVs

__ Dispatch two operators to perform Encl 5.24 (Operation of the ADVs) (PS) 4.10 Verify 1RIA-40 operable with CSAE OFF-GAS BLOWER operating 4.11 GO TO Step 4.14 4.14 Dispatch operator with Encl 5.29 (MSRV Locations) to verify all MSRVs have reseated 4.15 Verify ES is required RNO: 1. Initiate Encl 5.5 (Pzr and LDST Level Control) (Page 31)

2. GO TO Step 4.17 This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the Subsequent Actions tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 19 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 6 Page 4 of 4 Event

Description:

Operating Main FDW Pump trip and ATWS Time Position Applicants Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ EOP Rule 3 OATC

1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding RNO: GO TO Step 3
3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency)

AND any of the following exist:

  • RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
  • Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]

THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)

4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs
5. Verify any EFDW pump operating
6. GO TO Step 37
37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38-42 RNO: GO TO Step 43
43. Verify any SCM 0°F RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Geed Control),

THEN throttle EFDW, as necessary

44. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) (page 25)
45. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete when the SRO transfers to the Subsequent Actions tab, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 20 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 1 of 9 Event

Description:

Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Plant Response

  • Reactor will trip (if not already tripped)
  • MFBs will de-energize
  • CT-1 Lockout
  • KHU-2 Emergency Lockout (Aligned to underground)

Crew Response:

SRO directs OATC to perform Immediate Manual Actions (IMAs):

  • Verify Reactor Power < 5% FP and decreasing
  • Verify all turbine stop valves closed
  • Verify RCP seal injection available EXAMINER NOTE: The OATC should determine that RCP Seal Injection and CC are not available and inform the SRO to initiate AP/25. The SRO will then direct an RO to initiate AP/25. When the RO attempts to leave the Control Room, inform him/her that a Unit 2 RO will perform AP/25 actions at the SSF.

SRO directs BOP to perform Symptoms Check:

  • Power Range NIs < 5% and/or decreasing SRO/BOP
  • Any SCM 0°F
  • Loss of Main and Emergency FDW (including unsuccessful manual initiation of EFDW)
  • Steam Generator Tube Rupture o CSAE Offgas alarms o Process Monitor alarms (RIA-40) o Area monitor alarms (RIA-16/17)

This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 21 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 2 of 9 Event

Description:

Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Crew Response:

SRO will transfer to Subsequent Actions Tab of the EOP after documenting IMAs and will refer to the Parallel Actions Page which will require a transfer to the Blackout Tab due to ALL 4160V switchgear being de-energized.

Blackout Tab SRO/OATC/ 1. Ensure Rule 3 (Loss of Main or Emergency FDW) is in progress or BOP complete. (page 24)

2. Verify two ROs available to perform Control Room actions NOTE:

During performance of Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power), progression through the Blackout Tab should continue.

SRO/BOP 3. Notify one RO to perform Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power)

(see page 26)

4. Verify both:

SRO/OATC

  • Any SG being fed
  • SSF is available
5. Verify any MD EFDWP operating using diverse indication.

RNO: Position to OFF:

  • 1A MD EFDWP
  • 1B MD EFDWP
6. Verify either:
  • Blackout occurred during Mode 3 and <540 degrees F
  • Blackout occurred while in mode 4 with SGs removing decay heat.

RNO: 1. IF SSF is NOT available THEN GO TO Step 7

2. Feed and steam available SGs as necessary to stabilize RCS P/T in bands prescribed by Rule 7 (SG Feed Control)
3. GO TO step 8.

NOTE:

Feeding SGs with EFDW is desired over HPI Forced cooling. Step 8 should be performed prior to re-performing Rule 3.

100 gpm could cause overcooling if decay heat levels do NOT exist.

8. IAAT NO SGs are being fed, AND any source of EFDW (Unit 1 or another unit) becomes available, THEN perform steps 9 - 11.

RNO: GO TO step 12 This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 22 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 3 of 9 Event

Description:

Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Blackout Tab (continued)

SRO/OATC 12. IAAT EFDW from any source is insufficient to maintain stable RCS P/T, THEN notify SSF operator that feeding SGs with SSF ASW is required.

13. IAAT power is restored to any of the following:

__ 1TC

__ 1TD

__ 1TE THEN GO TO Step 14 RNO: GO TO Step 19

19. Verify Encl 5.38 (Restoration of Power) in progress or complete EXAMINER NOTE: When power is restored using Encl 5.38, return to Blackout Tab here.
13. IAAT power is restored to any of the following:
  • 1TC
  • 1TD
  • 1TE THEN GO TO Step 14
14. Ensure Step 8 dispositioned appropriately.
15. Verify SSF activated.

RNO: GO TO Step 17 NOTE AP/11 (Recovery From Loss of Power) will transition seal injection from SSF to HPI.

16. Communicate status of SG feed and seal injection to SSF operator using x-2766, radio, or plant page.
17. Initiate AP/11 (Recovery from Loss of Power) (see page 28)
18. GO TO Subsequence Actions Tab.

This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 23 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 4 of 9 Event

Description:

Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ EOP Rule 3 OATC

1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding RNO: GO TO Step 3
3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency)

AND any of the following exist:

  • RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
  • Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]

THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)

4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs
5. Verify any EFDW pump operating
6. GO TO Step 37
37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38-42 RNO: GO TO Step 43
43. Verify any SCM 0°F RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Geed Control),

THEN throttle EFDW, as necessary

44. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) (see next page)
45. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 24 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 5 of 9 Event

Description:

Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) as directed by Rule 3 OATC

1. Monitor EFDW parameters on EFW graphic display.
2. IAAT UST level is < 4',

THEN GO TO Step 120

3. IAAT feeding both SGs with one MD EFDWP is desired, THEN perform Steps 4-7 RNO: GO TO Step 8
8. Perform the following as required to maintain UST level > 7.5':
  • Makeup with demin water.
  • Place CST pumps in AUTO.
9. IAAT all the following exist:
  • Rapid cooldown NOT in progress
  • MD EFDWP operating for each available SG
  • EFDW flow in each header < 600 gpm THEN place 1 TD EFDW PUMP switch in PULL TO LOCK.
10. Verify 1 TD EFDW PUMP operating.
11. Start TD EFDWP BEARING OIL COOLING PUMP.

NOTE

  • Loss of the condensate system for 25 minutes results in cooling down to LPI using the ADVs. If NO HWPs are operating, continuing this enclosure to restore the condensate system is a priority unless the CR SRO deems EOP activities higher priority. The 25 minute criterion is satisfied when a HWP is started and 1C-10 is 10% open.
  • If the condensate system is operating, the remaining guidance establishes FDW recirc, monitors and maintains UST, and transfers EFDW suction to the hotwell if required.
12. Notify CR SRO to set priority based on the NOTE above and EOP activities.

This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 25 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 6 of 9 Event

Description:

Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ EOP Enclosure 5.38 (Restoration of Power)

OATC

1. Verify power has been restored RNO: GO TO Step 3
3. Place 1 HP-31 in HAND and reduce demand to 0
4. Close 1HP-21
5. Verify any of the following energized:

__ MFB1

__ MFB2 RNO: GO TO Step 8

8. Verify CT-1 indicates 4160 volts RNO: GO TO Step 18
18. Verify both Standby Bus #1 and Standby Bus #2 are de-energized
19. Verify both Keowee units operating RNO: 1. Emergency Start Keowee units:

__ KEOWEE EMER START CHANNEL A

__ KEOWEE EMER START CHANNEL B

2. IF NO Keowee units are operating, THEN GO TO Step 36
20. Verify both Keowee units in Oconee Control (statalarms on):
  • UNIT 1 OCONEE CONTROL (2SA-17/E-1)
  • UNIT 2 OCONEE CONTROL (2SA-18/E-1).

RNO: Notify Keowee Operator to place both Keowee units Master Transfer switches to remote This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 26 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 7 of 9 Event

Description:

Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ EOP Enclosure 5.38 (continued)

OATC

21. Verify both Keowee units operating.

RNO:

1. IF UNIT 1 EMER FDR ACB 3 is closed, AND Unit 1 Keowee is NOT operating, THEN open UNIT 1 EMER FDR ACB 3.
2. IF UNIT 2 EMER FDR ACB 4 is closed, AND Unit 2 Keowee is NOT operating, THEN open UNIT 2 EMER FDR ACB 4.

EXAMINER NOTE: When power is restored to 1TC, 1TD, or 1TE, IAAT Step 13 (B/O Tab) will apply. Return to the Blackout Tab on page 22 for further actions.

22. Ensure one of the following is closed for an operating Keowee unit:
  • UNIT 1 EMER FDR ACB 3 (CT-8)
23. Verify 4160 volt power has been restored to the MFB.
24. GO TO Step 35.
35. Verify any of the following energized:
  • 1TC
  • 1TD
  • 1TE
35. Notify Unit 1 CR SRO of status of 4160V SWGR.
36. EXIT this enclosure This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 27 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 8 Page 8 of 9 Event

Description:

Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ AP/11 (Recovery From Loss of Power)

OATC 4.1 Announce AP entry using OMP 1-18 placard.

4.2 IAAT all exist:

  • 1KI energized
  • Pzr level > 80 [180 acc],
  • Pzr heaters are desired, THEN position Pzr heaters to AUTO.

4.3 Verify load shed of inverters was performed per Unit 1 EOP Encl (Load Shed of Inverters During SBO).

RNO: GO TO Step 4.9 4.9 Verify load shed has initiated as indicated by either of the following statalarms on:

__ 1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE)

__ 1SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE) 4.10 Verify load shed is complete as indicated by LOAD SHED COMPLETE on any ES Module (Channel 1 or 2).

4.11 Close the following breakers:

__ 1TC INCOMING FDR BUS 1

__ 1TC INCOMING FDR BUS 2

__ 1TD INCOMING FDR BUS 1

__ 1TD INCOMING FDR BUS 2

__ 1TE INCOMING FDR BUS 1

__ 1TE INCOMING FDR BUS 2 4.12 Verify 1SA-15/E-6 (EL SWYD ISOLATION CONFIRMED CHNL A LOGIC) is OFF.

RNO: GO TO Step 4.15 4.15 Verify any Oconee unit receiving power from its normal source (1T, 2T, 3T).

4.16 Place transfer switches in MAN for all Oconee units receiving power from the normal source (1T, 2T, 3T):

  • MFB1 AUTO/MAN
  • MFB2 AUTO/MAN
  • TA AUTO/MAN
  • TB AUTO/MAN This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 28 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 7 Page 9 of 9 Event

Description:

Blackout Requiring Manual Alignment From CT-4 Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior SRO/BOP/ AP/11 (Continued)

OATC 4.17 Verify load shed was initiated as indicated by either of the following statalarms on:

  • 1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE)
  • 1SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE) 4.18 Verify ES has occurred.

RNO: GO TO Step 20 4.20 SimultaAOusly press RESET on both of the following pushbuttons to reset Main Feeder Bus Monitor Panel Load Shed Circuitry:

  • MFB UNDERVOLTAGE CHANNEL 2 RESET 4.21 Verify load shed signal reset as indicated by both of the following statalarms off:
  • 1SA-15/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL A LOGIC INITIATE)
  • 1SA-14/D-4 (EL LOAD SHED CHNL B LOGIC INITIATE) 4.22 IAAT electrical loads are added, AND any MFB is energized by:
  • CT-4
  • CT-5
  • Backcharged 1T THEN ensure transformer within limits of the applicable enclosure.

4.23 Verify power is being supplied to U1 Main Feeder Bus through CT-4 underground path.

4.24 Place all CBP control switches to OFF.

4.25 GO TO Step 4.214 This event is complete once the SRO transitions back to Subsequent Actions, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 29 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Op-Test No.: ILT44 Scenario No.: 3 Event No.: 8 Page 1 of 1 Event

Description:

TDEFWP trips Time Position Applicant's Actions or Behavior Examiners Note: Once power is restored to the MFBs, the TDEFWP will fail. This will prompt the SRO to direct an RO to re-perform Rule 3 to start the MDEFWPs since the switches for them were placed in OFF during the Blackout.

ALL EOP Rule 3

1. Verify loss of Main FDW/EFDW is due to Turbine Building Flooding RNO: GO TO Step 3
3. IAAT NO SGs can be fed with FDW (Main/CBP/Emergency)

AND any of the following exist:

  • RCS pressure reaches 2300 psig OR NDT limit
  • Pzr level reaches 375 [340 acc]

THEN PERFORM Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)

4. Start operable EFDW pumps, as required, to feed all intact SGs
5. Verify any EFDW pump operating
6. GO TO Step 37
37. IAAT an EFDW valve CANNOT control in AUTO, OR manual operation of EFDW valve is desired to control flow/level, THEN perform Steps 38-42 RNO: GO TO Step 43
43. Verify any SCM 0°F RNO: IF overcooling, OR exceeding limits in Rule 7 (SG Geed Control),

THEN throttle EFDW, as necessary

44. IAAT Unit 1 EFDW is in operation, THEN initiate Encl 5.9 (Extended EFDW Operation) (page 25)
45. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this rule This event is complete when the MD EFDW pumps have been restarted, or as directed by the Lead Examiner.

Page 30 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 1 of 8 EXAMINER NOTE At any time during this scenario the operator may choose to use Enclosure 5.5 to maintain RCS inventory control. See below.

ENCLOSURE 5.5 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Maintaining Pzr level >100 [180 acc] will ensure Pzr heater bundles remain covered.

1. Utilize the following as necessary to maintain __ IF 1HP-26 will NOT open, desired Pzr level: THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
  • 1A HPI Pump desired Pzr level.
2. IAAT makeup to the LDST is desired, THEN makeup from 1A BHUT.
3. IAAT it is desired to secure makeup to LDST, THEN secure makeup from 1A BHUT.
4. IAAT it is desired to bleed letdown flow to 1A BHUT, THEN perform the following:

A. Open:

__ 1CS-26

__ 1CS-41 B. Position 1HP-14 to BLEED.

C. Notify SRO.

5. IAAT letdown bleed is NO longer desired, THEN position 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

Page 31 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 2 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

6. IAAT 1C HPI PUMP is required, __ GO TO Step 10.

THEN perform Steps 7 - 9.

7. Open: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 8.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, THEN perform the following:

A. __ IF three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

B. __ IF < 2 HPI pumps are operating, THEN start HPI pumps to obtain two HPI pump operation, preferably in opposite headers.

C. __ GO TO Step 9.

Page 32 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page3 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

8. Start 1C HPI PUMP. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.
9. Throttle the following as required to 1. __ IF at least two HPI pumps are operating, maintain desired Pzr level: AND 1HP-26 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-410 to maintain
2. __ IF 1A HPI PUMP and 1B HPI PUMP are operating, AND 1HP-27 will NOT open, THEN throttle 1HP-409 to maintain desired Pzr level.

Page 33 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 4 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

10. IAAT LDST level CANNOT be __ GO TO Step 12.

maintained, THEN perform Step 11.

11. Perform the following: 1. __ IF both BWST suction valves

A. __ Start 1A LPI PUMP.

B. __ Start 1B LPI PUMP.

C. Open:

__ 1LP-15

__ 1LP-16

__ 1LP-9

__ 1LP-10

__ 1LP-6

__ 1LP-7 D. __ IF two LPI Pumps are running only to provide HPI pump suction, THEN secure one LPI pump.

E. __ Dispatch an operator to open 1HP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block) (A-1-119, U1 LPI Hatch Rm, N end).

F. __ GO TO Step 12.

2. __ IF only one BWST suction valve (1HP-24 or 1HP-25) is open, AND three HPI pumps are operating, THEN secure 1B HPI PUMP.

Page 34 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 5 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

12. IAAT additional makeup flow to LDST is desired, AND 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP is operating, THEN dispatch an operator to close 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).
13. IAAT two Letdown Filters are desired, THEN perform the following:
14. IAAT all of the following exist: __ GO TO Step 34.
  • Letdown isolated
  • Letdown restoration desired THEN perform Steps 15 - 33. {41}
15. Open: 1. __ Notify CR SRO that letdown CANNOT be
  • 1CC-7 restored due to inability to restart the CC
2. __ GO TO Step 34.
16. Ensure only one CC pump running.
17. Place the non-running CC pump in AUTO.
18. Verify both are open: 1. __ IF 1HP-1 is closed due to 1HP-3 failing to
  • 1HP-2 THEN GO TO Step 20.
2. __ IF 1HP-2 is closed due to 1HP-4 failing to close, THEN GO TO Step 20.
19. GO TO Step 22.

NOTE Verification of leakage requires visual observation of East Penetration Room.

20. Verify letdown line leak in East __ GO TO Step 22.

Penetration Room has occurred.

21. GO TO Step 34.

Page 35 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 6 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

22. Monitor for unexpected conditions while restoring letdown.
23. Verify both letdown coolers to be placed 1. __ IF 1A letdown cooler is to be placed in in service. service, THEN open:

__1HP-1

__1HP-3

2. __ IF 1B letdown cooler is to be placed in service, THEN open:

__1HP-2

__1HP-4

3. __ GO TO Step 25.
24. Open:
25. Verify at least one letdown cooler is Perform the following:

aligned. A. __ Notify CR SRO of problem.

B. __ GO TO Step 34.

26. Close 1HP-6.
27. Close 1HP-7.
28. Verify letdown temperature < 125°F. 1. __ Open 1HP-13.
2. Close:

__1HP-8

__1HP-9&11

3. __ IF any deborating IX is in service, THEN perform the following:

A. __Select 1HP-14 to NORMAL.

B. __Close 1HP-16.

4. __ Select LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to BYPASS.

Page 36 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 7 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

29. Open 1HP-5.
30. Adjust 1HP-7 for 20 gpm letdown.
31. WHEN letdown temperature is < 125°F, THEN place LETDOWN HI TEMP INTLK BYP switch to NORMAL.
32. Open 1HP-6.
33. Adjust 1HP-7 to control desired letdown flow.

NOTE AP/32 (Loss of Letdown) provides direction to cool down the RCS to offset increasing pressurizer level.

34. IAAT it is determined that letdown is unavailable due to equipment failures or letdown system leakage, THEN notify CR SRO to initiate AP/32 (Loss of Letdown).
35. IAAT > 1 HPI pump is operating, AND additional HPI pumps are NO longer needed, THEN perform the following:

A. Obtain SRO concurrence to reduce running HPI pumps.

B. Secure the desired HPI pumps.

C. Place secured HPI pump switch in AUTO, if desired.

36. IAAT all the following conditions exist:
  • Makeup from BWST NOT required
  • LDST level > 55
  • Cooldown Plateau NOT being used THEN close:

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam Page 8 of 8 ENCLOSURE 5.5 (cont.)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

37. Verify 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) has __ GO TO Step 39.

been closed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST.

38. WHEN 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) is NO longer needed to provide additional makeup flow to LDST, THEN perform the following:

A. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

B. Locally position 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) one turn open (A-1-107, Unit 1 RC Bleed Transfer Pump Rm.).

C. Close 1CS-46.

D. Start 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

E. Locally throttle 1CS-48 (1A BHUT Recirc) to obtain 90 - 110 psig discharge pressure.

F. Stop 1A BLEED TRANSFER PUMP.

39. Verify two Letdown Filters in service, __ GO TO Step 41.

AND only one Letdown filter is desired.

40. Perform one of the following:
41. WHEN directed by CR SRO, THEN EXIT this enclosure.
  • *
  • END
  • Page 38 of 40

Appendix D Required Operator Actions Form ES-D-2 ILT44 NRC Exam CRITICAL TASKS

1. CT-24, Shutdown reactor (Page 17)
2. CT-8, Restore Power from CT-4 Standby BUS 1 or 2 Feeder (Page 27)

Page 39 of 40

Appendix D Scenario Outline Form ES-D-1 ILT43 Audit Exam SAFETY: Take a Minute UNIT 0 (OSM)

SSF Operable: No KHU's Operable: U1 - OH, U2 - UG LCTs Operable: 2 Fuel Handling: No UNIT STATUS (CR SRO)

Unit 1 Simulator Other Units Mode: 2 Unit 2 Unit 3 Reactor Power: 0.02% Mode: 1 Mode: 1 Gross MWE: N/A 100% Power 100% Power RCS Leakage: 0.024 gpm EFDW Backup: Yes EFDW Backup: Yes RBNS Rate: 0.01 gpm Technical Specifications/SLC Items (CR SRO)

Component/Train OOS Restoration TS/SLC #

Date/Time Required Date/Time SSF Yesterday 0000 6 Days TS 3.10.1 A B C D E Shift Turnover Items (CR SRO)

Primary

  • Tave = 536°F
  • Increase Reactor power to 6 -7%
  • Startup procedure at step 3.36 (OP/1/A/1102/001, Enclosure 4.7)
  • Secondary
  • 1AS-35 throttled per Secondary Chemist to provide steam to E heaters for secondary O2 removal.
  • Reactivity Management (CR SRO)

R1 Reactivity management controls RCS Boron = 1680 Rod position Gp 7 5% WD established in the Control Room per SOMP ppmb 01-02 Human Performance Emphasis (OSM)

Procedure Use and Adherence